OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/open8_urisc/open8_urisc/trunk

Subversion Repositories open8_urisc

[/] [open8_urisc/] [trunk/] [gnu/] [binutils/] [bfd/] [elf32-sh.c] - Blame information for rev 163

Go to most recent revision | Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 14 khays
/* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2
   Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
3 148 khays
   2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 14 khays
   Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5
 
6
   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
 
8
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11
   (at your option) any later version.
12
 
13
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
16
   GNU General Public License for more details.
17
 
18
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21
   MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
22
 
23
#include "sysdep.h"
24
#include "bfd.h"
25
#include "bfdlink.h"
26
#include "libbfd.h"
27
#include "elf-bfd.h"
28
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
29
#include "elf/sh.h"
30
#include "dwarf2.h"
31
#include "libiberty.h"
32
#include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
33
 
34
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
35
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
36
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
37
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
38
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
39
  (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
40
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
41
  (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
42
#ifndef SH64_ELF
43
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
44
  (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
45
#endif
46
static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
47
  (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
48
static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
49
  (struct bfd_link_info *);
50
static bfd_vma tpoff
51
  (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
52
 
53
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
54
   section.  */
55
 
56
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
57
 
58
/* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack.  */
59
#define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
60
 
61
#define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
62
 
63
/* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
64
   not.  If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
65
   its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker.  */
66
#define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
67
  (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
68
   || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
69
 
70
#define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
71
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
72
#define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
73
static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
74
{
75
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
76
};
77
 
78
#define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
79
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
80
#define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
81
static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
82
{
83
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
84
};
85
 
86
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object.  */
87
 
88
static bfd_boolean
89
vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
90
{
91
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
92
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec;
93
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec;
94
 
95
  return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
96
          || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec);
97
#else
98
  return FALSE;
99
#endif
100
}
101
 
102
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object.  */
103
 
104
static bfd_boolean
105
fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
106
{
107
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
108
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shfd_vec;
109
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec;
110
 
111
  return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
112
          || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec);
113
#else
114
  return FALSE;
115
#endif
116
}
117
 
118
/* Return the howto table for ABFD.  */
119
 
120
static reloc_howto_type *
121
get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
122
{
123
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
124
    return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
125
  return sh_elf_howto_table;
126
}
127
 
128
static bfd_reloc_status_type
129
sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
130
                   asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
131
                   bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
132
                   bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
133
{
134
  static bfd_vma last_addr;
135
  static asection *last_symbol_section;
136
  bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
137
  int diff, cum_diff;
138
  bfd_signed_vma x;
139
  int insn;
140
 
141
  /* Sanity check the address.  */
142
  if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
143
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
144
 
145
  /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
146
     although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards.  */
147
  if (! last_addr)
148
    {
149
      last_addr = addr;
150
      last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
151
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
152
    }
153
  if (last_addr != addr)
154
    abort ();
155
  last_addr = 0;
156
 
157
  if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
158
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
159
 
160
  /* Get the symbol_section contents.  */
161
  if (symbol_section != input_section)
162
    {
163
      if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
164
        contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
165
      else
166
        {
167
          if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
168
                                           &contents))
169
            {
170
              if (contents != NULL)
171
                free (contents);
172
              return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
173
            }
174
        }
175
    }
176
#define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
177
  start_ptr = contents + start;
178
  for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
179
    {
180
      for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
181
        ptr -= 2;
182
      ptr += 2;
183
      diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
184
      cum_diff += diff & 1;
185
      cum_diff += diff;
186
    }
187
  /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
188
     so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
189
     addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing.  */
190
  if (cum_diff >= 0)
191
    {
192
      start -= 4;
193
      end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
194
    }
195
  else
196
    {
197
      bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
198
 
199
      while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
200
        start0 -= 2;
201
      start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
202
      start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
203
      end = start0;
204
    }
205
 
206
  if (contents != NULL
207
      && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
208
    free (contents);
209
 
210
  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
211
 
212
  x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
213
  if (input_section != symbol_section)
214
    x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
215
          - (input_section->output_section->vma
216
             + input_section->output_offset));
217
  x >>= 1;
218
  if (x < -128 || x > 127)
219
    return bfd_reloc_overflow;
220
 
221
  x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
222
  bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
223
 
224
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
225
}
226
 
227
/* This function is used for normal relocs.  This used to be like the COFF
228
   function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */
229
 
230
static bfd_reloc_status_type
231
sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
232
              void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
233
              char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
234
{
235
  unsigned long insn;
236
  bfd_vma sym_value;
237
  enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
238
  bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
239
  bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
240
 
241
  r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
242
 
243
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
244
    {
245
      /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */
246
      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
247
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
248
    }
249
 
250
  /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be
251
     done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
252
  if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
253
    return bfd_reloc_ok;
254
 
255
  if (symbol_in != NULL
256
      && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
257
    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
258
 
259
  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
260
    sym_value = 0;
261
  else
262
    sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
263
                 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
264
                 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
265
 
266
  switch (r_type)
267
    {
268
    case R_SH_DIR32:
269
      insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
270
      insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
271
      bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
272
      break;
273
    case R_SH_IND12W:
274
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
275
      sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
276
      sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
277
                    + input_section->output_offset
278
                    + addr
279
                    + 4);
280
      sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
281
      if (insn & 0x800)
282
        sym_value -= 0x1000;
283
      insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
284
      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
285
      if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
286
        return bfd_reloc_overflow;
287
      break;
288
    default:
289
      abort ();
290
      break;
291
    }
292
 
293
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
294
}
295
 
296
/* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
297
   which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */
298
 
299
static bfd_reloc_status_type
300
sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
301
                     asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
302
                     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
303
                     bfd *output_bfd,
304
                     char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
305
{
306
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
307
    reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
308
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
309
}
310
 
311
/* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
312
 
313
struct elf_reloc_map
314
{
315
  bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
316
  unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
317
};
318
 
319
/* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
320
 
321
static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
322
{
323
  { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
324
  { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
325
  { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
326
  { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
327
  { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
328
  { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
329
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
330
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
331
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
332
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
333
  { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
334
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
335
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
336
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
337
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
338
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
339
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
340
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
341
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
342
  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
343
  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
344
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
345
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
346
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
347
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
348
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
349
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
350
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
351
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
352
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
353
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
354
  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
355
  { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
356
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
357
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
358
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
359
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
360
  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
361
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
362
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
363
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
364
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
365
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
366
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
367
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
368
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
369
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
370
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
371
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
372
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
373
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
374
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
375
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
376
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
377
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
378
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
379
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
380
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
381
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
382
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
383
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
384
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
385
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
386
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
387
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
388
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
389
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
390
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
391
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
392
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
393
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
394
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
395
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
396
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
397
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
398
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
399
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
400
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
401
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
402
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
403
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
404
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
405
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
406
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
407
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
408
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
409
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
410
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
411
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
412
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
413
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
414
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
415
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
416
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
417
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
418
  { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
419
  { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
420
#endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
421
};
422
 
423
/* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
424
   corresponding SH ELF reloc.  */
425
 
426
static reloc_howto_type *
427
sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
428
{
429
  unsigned int i;
430
 
431
  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
432
    {
433
      if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
434
        return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
435
    }
436
 
437
  return NULL;
438
}
439
 
440
static reloc_howto_type *
441
sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
442
{
443
  unsigned int i;
444
 
445
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
446
    {
447
      for (i = 0;
448
           i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
449
                / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
450
           i++)
451
        if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
452
            && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
453
          return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
454
    }
455
  else
456
    {
457
      for (i = 0;
458
           i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
459
                / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
460
           i++)
461
        if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
462
            && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
463
          return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
464
    }
465
 
466
  return NULL;
467
}
468
 
469
/* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */
470
 
471
static void
472
sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
473
{
474
  unsigned int r;
475
 
476
  r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
477
 
478
  BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
479
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
480
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2);
481
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3);
482
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4);
483
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5);
484
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6);
485
 
486
  cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
487
}
488
 
489
/* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding
490
   function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME:
491
   There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
492
   specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
493
   into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
494
   could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both
495
   functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
496
   values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
497
   they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h.  */
498
 
499
static bfd_boolean
500
sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
501
                      struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
502
{
503
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
504
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
505
  bfd_boolean have_code;
506
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
507
  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
508
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
509
 
510
  *again = FALSE;
511
 
512
  if (link_info->relocatable
513
      || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
514
      || sec->reloc_count == 0)
515
    return TRUE;
516
 
517
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
518
  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
519
      & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
520
    {
521
      return TRUE;
522
    }
523
#endif
524
 
525
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
526
 
527
  internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
528
                     (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
529
                      link_info->keep_memory));
530
  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
531
    goto error_return;
532
 
533
  have_code = FALSE;
534
 
535
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
536
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
537
    {
538
      bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
539
      unsigned short insn;
540
      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
541
      bfd_signed_vma foff;
542
 
543
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
544
        have_code = TRUE;
545
 
546
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
547
        continue;
548
 
549
      /* Get the section contents.  */
550
      if (contents == NULL)
551
        {
552
          if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
553
            contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
554
          else
555
            {
556
              if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
557
                goto error_return;
558
            }
559
        }
560
 
561
      /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
562
         the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is
563
         computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
564
         from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */
565
      laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
566
      if (laddr >= sec->size)
567
        {
568
          (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
569
                                 abfd,
570
                                 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
571
          continue;
572
        }
573
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
574
 
575
      /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
576
         do.  */
577
      if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
578
        {
579
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
580
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
581
            abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
582
          continue;
583
        }
584
 
585
      /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The
586
         displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a
587
         displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
588
         before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
589
         of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned
590
         on a four byte boundary.  */
591
      paddr = insn & 0xff;
592
      paddr *= 4;
593
      paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
594
      if (paddr >= sec->size)
595
        {
596
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
597
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
598
            abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
599
          continue;
600
        }
601
 
602
      /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
603
         being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is
604
         actually being called.  */
605
      for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
606
        if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
607
            && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
608
          break;
609
      if (irelfn >= irelend)
610
        {
611
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
612
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
613
            abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
614
          continue;
615
        }
616
 
617
      /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
618
      if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
619
        {
620
          isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
621
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
622
            isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
623
                                            symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
624
                                            NULL, NULL, NULL);
625
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
626
            goto error_return;
627
        }
628
 
629
      /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
630
      if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
631
        {
632
          /* A local symbol.  */
633
          Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
634
 
635
          isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
636
          if (isym->st_shndx
637
              != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
638
            {
639
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
640
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
641
                abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
642
              continue;
643
            }
644
 
645
          symval = (isym->st_value
646
                    + sec->output_section->vma
647
                    + sec->output_offset);
648
        }
649
      else
650
        {
651
          unsigned long indx;
652
          struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
653
 
654
          indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
655
          h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
656
          BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
657
          if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
658
              && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
659
            {
660
              /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
661
                 symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
662
                 regular reloc processing.  */
663
              continue;
664
            }
665
 
666
          symval = (h->root.u.def.value
667
                    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
668
                    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
669
        }
670
 
671
      if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
672
        symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
673
      else
674
        symval += irelfn->r_addend;
675
 
676
      /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */
677
      foff = (symval
678
              - (irel->r_offset
679
                 + sec->output_section->vma
680
                 + sec->output_offset
681
                 + 4));
682
      /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
683
         .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
684
         So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
685
         that.  */
686
      if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
687
        {
688
          /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */
689
          continue;
690
        }
691
 
692
      /* Shorten the function call.  */
693
 
694
      /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
695
         contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We
696
         must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
697
         information.  It would be possible to instead create a table
698
         of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
699
         that would be more work, but would require less memory when
700
         the linker is run.  */
701
 
702
      elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
703
      elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
704
      symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
705
 
706
      /* Replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
707
 
708
      /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
709
         replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
710
      irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
711
      /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
712
         here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
713
         not if the symbol is in a different section.  Besides, we need
714
         a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
715
         the value of the symbol is not available.  */
716
 
717
      /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
718
         symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let
719
         the final link phase handle it.  */
720
      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
721
 
722
      irel->r_addend = -4;
723
 
724
      /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
725
         DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above).  However,
726
         the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
727
         have to add it to the addend to preserve it.  */
728
      irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
729
 
730
      /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
731
         register load.  */
732
      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
733
        if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
734
            && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
735
          break;
736
      if (irelscan < irelend)
737
        {
738
          /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
739
             and we have not yet converted that function call.
740
             Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is
741
             nothing else we can do at this point.  */
742
          continue;
743
        }
744
 
745
      /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
746
         function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any
747
         bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */
748
      for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
749
        if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
750
            && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
751
          break;
752
 
753
      /* Delete the register load.  */
754
      if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
755
        goto error_return;
756
 
757
      /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
758
         other function call to come within range, we should relax
759
         again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */
760
      *again = TRUE;
761
 
762
      /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */
763
      if (irelcount >= irelend)
764
        {
765
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
766
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
767
            abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
768
          continue;
769
        }
770
 
771
      /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've
772
         just deleted one.  */
773
      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
774
        {
775
          ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
776
                                  abfd,
777
                                  (unsigned long) paddr));
778
          continue;
779
        }
780
 
781
      --irelcount->r_addend;
782
 
783
      /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload
784
         the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
785
         previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */
786
      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
787
        {
788
          if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
789
            goto error_return;
790
        }
791
 
792
      /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */
793
    }
794
 
795
  /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
796
     byte boundaries.  */
797
  if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
798
      && have_code)
799
    {
800
      bfd_boolean swapped;
801
 
802
      /* Get the section contents.  */
803
      if (contents == NULL)
804
        {
805
          if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
806
            contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
807
          else
808
            {
809
              if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
810
                goto error_return;
811
            }
812
        }
813
 
814
      if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
815
                                &swapped))
816
        goto error_return;
817
 
818
      if (swapped)
819
        {
820
          elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
821
          elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
822
          symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
823
        }
824
    }
825
 
826
  if (isymbuf != NULL
827
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
828
    {
829
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
830
        free (isymbuf);
831
      else
832
        {
833
          /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
834
          symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
835
        }
836
    }
837
 
838
  if (contents != NULL
839
      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
840
    {
841
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
842
        free (contents);
843
      else
844
        {
845
          /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
846
          elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
847
        }
848
    }
849
 
850
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
851
      && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
852
    free (internal_relocs);
853
 
854
  return TRUE;
855
 
856
 error_return:
857
  if (isymbuf != NULL
858
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
859
    free (isymbuf);
860
  if (contents != NULL
861
      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
862
    free (contents);
863
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
864
      && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
865
    free (internal_relocs);
866
 
867
  return FALSE;
868
}
869
 
870
/* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a
871
   lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
872
   in coff-sh.c.  */
873
 
874
static bfd_boolean
875
sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
876
                           int count)
877
{
878
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
879
  unsigned int sec_shndx;
880
  bfd_byte *contents;
881
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
882
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
883
  bfd_vma toaddr;
884
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
885
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
886
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
887
  unsigned int symcount;
888
  asection *o;
889
 
890
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
891
  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
892
 
893
  sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
894
 
895
  contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
896
 
897
  /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
898
     power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */
899
 
900
  irelalign = NULL;
901
  toaddr = sec->size;
902
 
903
  irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
904
  irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
905
  for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
906
    {
907
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
908
          && irel->r_offset > addr
909
          && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
910
        {
911
          irelalign = irel;
912
          toaddr = irel->r_offset;
913
          break;
914
        }
915
    }
916
 
917
  /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
918
  memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
919
           (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
920
  if (irelalign == NULL)
921
    sec->size -= count;
922
  else
923
    {
924
      int i;
925
 
926
#define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
927
 
928
      BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
929
      for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
930
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
931
    }
932
 
933
  /* Adjust all the relocs.  */
934
  for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
935
    {
936
      bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
937
      bfd_vma start = 0;
938
      int insn = 0;
939
      int off, adjust, oinsn;
940
      bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
941
      bfd_boolean overflow;
942
 
943
      /* Get the new reloc address.  */
944
      nraddr = irel->r_offset;
945
      if ((irel->r_offset > addr
946
           && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
947
          || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
948
              && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
949
        nraddr -= count;
950
 
951
      /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
952
         case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which
953
         represent addresses, though.  */
954
      if (irel->r_offset >= addr
955
          && irel->r_offset < addr + count
956
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
957
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
958
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
959
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
960
        irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
961
                                     (int) R_SH_NONE);
962
 
963
      /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
964
         includes the bytes we have deleted.  */
965
      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
966
        {
967
        default:
968
          break;
969
 
970
        case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
971
        case R_SH_IND12W:
972
        case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
973
        case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
974
          start = irel->r_offset;
975
          insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
976
          break;
977
        }
978
 
979
      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
980
        {
981
        default:
982
          start = stop = addr;
983
          break;
984
 
985
        case R_SH_DIR32:
986
          /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
987
             section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
988
             must check the addend to see it will put the value in
989
             range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */
990
          if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
991
            {
992
              isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
993
              if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
994
                  && (isym->st_value <= addr
995
                      || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
996
                {
997
                  bfd_vma val;
998
 
999
                  if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1000
                    {
1001
                      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1002
                      val += isym->st_value;
1003
                      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1004
                        bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1005
                    }
1006
                  else
1007
                    {
1008
                      val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1009
                      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1010
                        irel->r_addend -= count;
1011
                    }
1012
                }
1013
            }
1014
          start = stop = addr;
1015
          break;
1016
 
1017
        case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1018
          off = insn & 0xff;
1019
          if (off & 0x80)
1020
            off -= 0x100;
1021
          stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1022
          break;
1023
 
1024
        case R_SH_IND12W:
1025
          off = insn & 0xfff;
1026
          if (! off)
1027
            {
1028
              /* This has been made by previous relaxation.  Since the
1029
                 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1030
                 final relocation will just do the right thing.  */
1031
              start = stop = addr;
1032
            }
1033
          else
1034
            {
1035
              if (off & 0x800)
1036
                off -= 0x1000;
1037
              stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1038
 
1039
              /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1040
                 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1041
                 start of the section.
1042
                 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1043
                 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1044
                 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4.  */
1045
              if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1046
                irel->r_addend -= count;
1047
            }
1048
          break;
1049
 
1050
        case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1051
          off = insn & 0xff;
1052
          stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1053
          break;
1054
 
1055
        case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1056
          off = insn & 0xff;
1057
          stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1058
          break;
1059
 
1060
        case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1061
        case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1062
        case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1063
          /* These relocs types represent
1064
               .word L2-L1
1065
             The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1066
             address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and
1067
             adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust
1068
             both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1069
             N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1070
             and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr.  */
1071
 
1072
          stop = irel->r_offset;
1073
          start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1074
 
1075
          if (start > addr
1076
              && start < toaddr
1077
              && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1078
            irel->r_addend += count;
1079
          else if (stop > addr
1080
                   && stop < toaddr
1081
                   && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1082
            irel->r_addend -= count;
1083
 
1084
          if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1085
            voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1086
          else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1087
            voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1088
          else
1089
            voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1090
          stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1091
 
1092
          break;
1093
 
1094
        case R_SH_USES:
1095
          start = irel->r_offset;
1096
          stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1097
                            + (long) irel->r_addend
1098
                            + 4);
1099
          break;
1100
        }
1101
 
1102
      if (start > addr
1103
          && start < toaddr
1104
          && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1105
        adjust = count;
1106
      else if (stop > addr
1107
               && stop < toaddr
1108
               && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1109
        adjust = - count;
1110
      else
1111
        adjust = 0;
1112
 
1113
      if (adjust != 0)
1114
        {
1115
          oinsn = insn;
1116
          overflow = FALSE;
1117
          switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1118
            {
1119
            default:
1120
              abort ();
1121
              break;
1122
 
1123
            case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1124
            case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1125
              insn += adjust / 2;
1126
              if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1127
                overflow = TRUE;
1128
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1129
              break;
1130
 
1131
            case R_SH_IND12W:
1132
              insn += adjust / 2;
1133
              if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1134
                overflow = TRUE;
1135
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1136
              break;
1137
 
1138
            case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1139
              BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1140
              if (count >= 4)
1141
                insn += adjust / 4;
1142
              else
1143
                {
1144
                  if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1145
                    ++insn;
1146
                }
1147
              if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1148
                overflow = TRUE;
1149
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1150
              break;
1151
 
1152
            case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1153
              voff += adjust;
1154
              if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1155
                overflow = TRUE;
1156
              bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1157
              break;
1158
 
1159
            case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1160
              voff += adjust;
1161
              if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1162
                overflow = TRUE;
1163
              bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1164
              break;
1165
 
1166
            case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1167
              voff += adjust;
1168
              bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1169
              break;
1170
 
1171
            case R_SH_USES:
1172
              irel->r_addend += adjust;
1173
              break;
1174
            }
1175
 
1176
          if (overflow)
1177
            {
1178
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1179
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1180
                abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1181
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1182
              return FALSE;
1183
            }
1184
        }
1185
 
1186
      irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1187
    }
1188
 
1189
  /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32
1190
     relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1191
     below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */
1192
  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1193
    {
1194
      Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1195
      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1196
      bfd_byte *ocontents;
1197
 
1198
      if (o == sec
1199
          || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1200
          || o->reloc_count == 0)
1201
        continue;
1202
 
1203
      /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1204
         FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1205
         leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1206
      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1207
                         (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1208
      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1209
        return FALSE;
1210
 
1211
      ocontents = NULL;
1212
      irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1213
      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1214
        {
1215
          /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs.  */
1216
          if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1217
            {
1218
              bfd_vma start, stop;
1219
              bfd_signed_vma voff;
1220
 
1221
              if (ocontents == NULL)
1222
                {
1223
                  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1224
                    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1225
                  else
1226
                    {
1227
                      /* We always cache the section contents.
1228
                         Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1229
                         should free them, if we are permitted to,
1230
                         when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1231
                      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1232
                        {
1233
                          if (ocontents != NULL)
1234
                            free (ocontents);
1235
                          return FALSE;
1236
                        }
1237
 
1238
                      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1239
                    }
1240
                }
1241
 
1242
              stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1243
              start
1244
                = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1245
 
1246
              /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change.  */
1247
              if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1248
                irelscan->r_addend += count;
1249
 
1250
              voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1251
              stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1252
 
1253
              if (start > addr
1254
                  && start < toaddr
1255
                  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1256
                bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1257
                                   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1258
              else if (stop > addr
1259
                       && stop < toaddr
1260
                       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1261
                bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1262
                                   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1263
            }
1264
 
1265
          if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1266
            continue;
1267
 
1268
          if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1269
            continue;
1270
 
1271
 
1272
          isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1273
          if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1274
              && (isym->st_value <= addr
1275
                  || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1276
            {
1277
              bfd_vma val;
1278
 
1279
              if (ocontents == NULL)
1280
                {
1281
                  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1282
                    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1283
                  else
1284
                    {
1285
                      /* We always cache the section contents.
1286
                         Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1287
                         should free them, if we are permitted to,
1288
                         when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1289
                      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1290
                        {
1291
                          if (ocontents != NULL)
1292
                            free (ocontents);
1293
                          return FALSE;
1294
                        }
1295
 
1296
                      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1297
                    }
1298
                }
1299
 
1300
              val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1301
              val += isym->st_value;
1302
              if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1303
                bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1304
                            ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1305
            }
1306
        }
1307
    }
1308
 
1309
  /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */
1310
  isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1311
  for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1312
    {
1313
      if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1314
          && isym->st_value > addr
1315
          && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1316
        isym->st_value -= count;
1317
    }
1318
 
1319
  /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */
1320
  symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1321
              - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1322
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1323
  end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1324
  for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1325
    {
1326
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1327
      if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1328
           || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1329
          && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1330
          && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1331
          && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1332
        {
1333
          sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1334
        }
1335
    }
1336
 
1337
  /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted
1338
     r_offset for it already.  */
1339
  if (irelalign != NULL)
1340
    {
1341
      bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1342
 
1343
      alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1344
      alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1345
                             1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1346
      if (alignto != alignaddr)
1347
        {
1348
          /* Tail recursion.  */
1349
          return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1350
                                            (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1351
        }
1352
    }
1353
 
1354
  return TRUE;
1355
}
1356
 
1357
/* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1358
   boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */
1359
 
1360
static bfd_boolean
1361
sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1362
                    Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1363
                    bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1364
                    bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1365
{
1366
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1367
  bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1368
  bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1369
  bfd_size_type amt;
1370
 
1371
  *pswapped = FALSE;
1372
 
1373
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1374
 
1375
  /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */
1376
  amt = sec->reloc_count;
1377
  amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1378
  labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1379
  if (labels == NULL)
1380
    goto error_return;
1381
  label_end = labels;
1382
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1383
    {
1384
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1385
        {
1386
          *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1387
          ++label_end;
1388
        }
1389
    }
1390
 
1391
  /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1392
     address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1393
     the label values and the relocs.  */
1394
 
1395
  label = labels;
1396
 
1397
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1398
    {
1399
      bfd_vma start, stop;
1400
 
1401
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1402
        continue;
1403
 
1404
      start = irel->r_offset;
1405
 
1406
      for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1407
        if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1408
          break;
1409
      if (irel < irelend)
1410
        stop = irel->r_offset;
1411
      else
1412
        stop = sec->size;
1413
 
1414
      if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1415
                                     internal_relocs, &label,
1416
                                     label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1417
        goto error_return;
1418
    }
1419
 
1420
  free (labels);
1421
 
1422
  return TRUE;
1423
 
1424
 error_return:
1425
  if (labels != NULL)
1426
    free (labels);
1427
  return FALSE;
1428
}
1429
 
1430
#ifndef SH64_ELF
1431
/* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */
1432
 
1433
static bfd_boolean
1434
sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1435
                   bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1436
{
1437
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1438
  unsigned short i1, i2;
1439
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1440
 
1441
  /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */
1442
  i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1443
  i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1444
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1445
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1446
 
1447
  /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */
1448
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1449
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1450
    {
1451
      enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1452
      int add;
1453
 
1454
      /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1455
         adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1456
         but are only associated with the address.  */
1457
      type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1458
      if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1459
          || type == R_SH_CODE
1460
          || type == R_SH_DATA
1461
          || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1462
        continue;
1463
 
1464
      /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1465
         swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this
1466
         for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1467
         instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping
1468
         around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1469
         instruction it shouldn't).  */
1470
      if (type == R_SH_USES)
1471
        {
1472
          bfd_vma off;
1473
 
1474
          off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1475
          if (off == addr)
1476
            irel->r_offset += 2;
1477
          else if (off == addr + 2)
1478
            irel->r_offset -= 2;
1479
        }
1480
 
1481
      if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1482
        {
1483
          irel->r_offset += 2;
1484
          add = -2;
1485
        }
1486
      else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1487
        {
1488
          irel->r_offset -= 2;
1489
          add = 2;
1490
        }
1491
      else
1492
        add = 0;
1493
 
1494
      if (add != 0)
1495
        {
1496
          bfd_byte *loc;
1497
          unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1498
          bfd_boolean overflow;
1499
 
1500
          loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1501
          overflow = FALSE;
1502
          switch (type)
1503
            {
1504
            default:
1505
              break;
1506
 
1507
            case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1508
            case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1509
              insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1510
              oinsn = insn;
1511
              insn += add / 2;
1512
              if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1513
                overflow = TRUE;
1514
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1515
              break;
1516
 
1517
            case R_SH_IND12W:
1518
              insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1519
              oinsn = insn;
1520
              insn += add / 2;
1521
              if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1522
                overflow = TRUE;
1523
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1524
              break;
1525
 
1526
            case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1527
              /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1528
                 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1529
                 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1530
                 swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an
1531
                 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1532
                 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */
1533
              if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1534
                {
1535
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1536
                  oinsn = insn;
1537
                  insn += add / 2;
1538
                  if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1539
                    overflow = TRUE;
1540
                  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1541
                }
1542
 
1543
              break;
1544
            }
1545
 
1546
          if (overflow)
1547
            {
1548
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1549
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1550
                abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1551
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1552
              return FALSE;
1553
            }
1554
        }
1555
    }
1556
 
1557
  return TRUE;
1558
}
1559
#endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1560
 
1561
/* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
1562
 
1563
struct elf_sh_plt_info
1564
{
1565
  /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1566
     first entry.  */
1567
  const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1568
 
1569
  /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL.  */
1570
  bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1571
 
1572
  /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1573
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4.  The value is MINUS_ONE
1574
     if there is no such pointer.  */
1575
  bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1576
 
1577
  /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
1578
  const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1579
 
1580
  /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes.  */
1581
  bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1582
 
1583
  /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY.  Not all fields are used
1584
     on all targets.  The comments by each member indicate the value
1585
     that the field must hold.  */
1586
  struct {
1587
    bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1588
    bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1589
    bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1590
    bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1591
                          instruction (instead of a constant pool
1592
                          entry).  */
1593
  } symbol_fields;
1594
 
1595
  /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.  */
1596
  bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1597
 
1598
  /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1599
     MAX_SHORT_PLT entries.  It must share the same plt0.  NULL in
1600
     other cases.  */
1601
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1602
};
1603
 
1604
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1605
 
1606
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
1607
 
1608
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1609
 
1610
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1611
 
1612
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1613
{
1614
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1615
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1616
  0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1617
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1618
  0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1619
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1620
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1621
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1622
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1623
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1624
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1625
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1626
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1627
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1628
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1629
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1630
};
1631
 
1632
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1633
{
1634
  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1635
  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1636
  0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1637
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1638
  0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1639
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1640
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1641
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1642
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1643
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1644
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1645
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1646
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1647
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1648
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1649
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1650
};
1651
 
1652
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1653
   this.  */
1654
 
1655
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1656
{
1657
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1658
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1659
  0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */
1660
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1661
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1662
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1663
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1664
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1665
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1666
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1667
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1668
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1669
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1670
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1671
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1672
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1673
};
1674
 
1675
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1676
{
1677
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1678
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1679
  0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */
1680
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1681
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1682
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1683
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1684
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1685
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1686
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1687
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1688
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1689
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1690
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1691
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1692
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1693
};
1694
 
1695
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1696
 
1697
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1698
{
1699
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1700
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1701
  0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1702
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1703
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1704
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1705
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1706
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1707
  0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1708
  0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1709
  0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1710
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1711
  0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1712
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1713
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1714
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1715
};
1716
 
1717
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1718
{
1719
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1720
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1721
  0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1722
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1723
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1724
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1725
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1726
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1727
  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1728
  0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1729
  0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1730
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1731
  0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1732
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1733
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1734
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1735
};
1736
 
1737
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1738
  {
1739
    {
1740
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1741
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1742
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1743
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1744
      elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1745
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1746
      { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1747
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1748
      NULL
1749
    },
1750
    {
1751
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1752
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1753
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1754
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1755
      elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1756
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1757
      { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1758
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1759
      NULL
1760
    },
1761
  },
1762
  {
1763
    {
1764
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1765
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1766
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1767
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1768
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1769
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1770
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1771
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1772
      NULL
1773
    },
1774
    {
1775
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1776
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1777
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1778
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1779
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1780
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1781
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1782
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1783
      NULL
1784
    },
1785
  }
1786
};
1787
 
1788
/* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry.  */
1789
#define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1790
 
1791
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1792
   VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1793
   not data.
1794
 
1795
   On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair.  */
1796
 
1797
inline static void
1798
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1799
                   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1800
{
1801
  value |= code_p;
1802
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1803
              bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1804
              | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1805
              addr);
1806
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1807
              bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1808
              | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1809
              addr + 4);
1810
}
1811
 
1812
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
1813
   the object is position-independent.  */
1814
 
1815
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1816
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1817
{
1818
  return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1819
}
1820
#else
1821
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
1822
 
1823
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1824
 
1825
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1826
 
1827
/* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2.  r2 is used by
1828
   GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1829
   corrupted here.  This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1830
   to the SH PIC ABI.  That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1831
   and r2 contains the GOT id.  This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1832
   ignores the type.  Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1833
   since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1834
   greater than or equal to 12.  */
1835
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1836
{
1837
  0xd0, 0x05,   /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1838
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1839
  0x2f, 0x06,   /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1840
  0xd0, 0x03,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1841
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1842
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1843
  0x60, 0xf6,   /*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1844
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1845
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1846
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1847
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1848
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1849
};
1850
 
1851
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1852
{
1853
  0x05, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1854
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1855
  0x06, 0x2f,   /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1856
  0x03, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1857
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1858
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1859
  0xf6, 0x60,   /*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1860
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1861
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1862
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1863
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1864
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1865
};
1866
 
1867
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1868
   this.  */
1869
 
1870
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1871
{
1872
  0xd0, 0x04,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1873
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1874
  0xd1, 0x02,   /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1875
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1876
  0x60, 0x13,   /*  mov r1,r0 */
1877
  0xd1, 0x03,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1878
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1879
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1880
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1881
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1882
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1883
};
1884
 
1885
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1886
{
1887
  0x04, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1888
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1889
  0x02, 0xd1,   /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1890
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1891
  0x13, 0x60,   /*  mov r1,r0 */
1892
  0x03, 0xd1,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1893
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1894
  0x09, 0x00,   /*  nop */
1895
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1896
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1897
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1898
};
1899
 
1900
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1901
 
1902
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1903
{
1904
  0xd0, 0x04,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1905
  0x00, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1906
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1907
  0x00, 0x09,   /*  nop */
1908
  0x50, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1909
  0xd1, 0x03,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1910
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1911
  0x50, 0xc1,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1912
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1913
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1914
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1915
  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1916
};
1917
 
1918
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1919
{
1920
  0x04, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1921
  0xce, 0x00,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1922
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1923
  0x09, 0x00,   /*  nop */
1924
  0xc2, 0x50,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1925
  0x03, 0xd1,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1926
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1927
  0xc1, 0x50,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1928
  0x09, 0x00,   /*  nop */
1929
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1930
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1931
  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1932
};
1933
 
1934
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1935
  {
1936
    {
1937
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1938
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1939
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1940
      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1941
      elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1942
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1943
      { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1944
      8,
1945
      NULL
1946
    },
1947
    {
1948
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1949
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1950
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1951
      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1952
      elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1953
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1954
      { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1955
      8,
1956
      NULL
1957
    },
1958
  },
1959
  {
1960
    {
1961
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1962
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1963
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1964
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1965
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1966
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1967
      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1968
      8,
1969
      NULL
1970
    },
1971
    {
1972
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1973
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1974
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1975
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1976
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1977
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1978
      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1979
      8,
1980
      NULL
1981
    },
1982
  }
1983
};
1984
 
1985
#define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1986
#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1987
 
1988
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1989
{
1990
  0xd1, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1991
  0x61, 0x12,   /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1992
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
1993
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1994
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
1995
};
1996
 
1997
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1998
{
1999
  0x01, 0xd1,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2000
  0x12, 0x61,   /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2001
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2002
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2003
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
2004
};
2005
 
2006
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2007
{
2008
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2009
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2010
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2011
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2012
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
2013
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2014
  0xa0, 0x00,   /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
2015
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2016
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2017
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2018
};
2019
 
2020
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2021
{
2022
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2023
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2024
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2025
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2026
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
2027
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2028
  0x00, 0xa0,   /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
2029
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2030
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2031
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2032
};
2033
 
2034
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2035
{
2036
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2037
  0x00, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2038
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2039
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2040
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
2041
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2042
  0x51, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2043
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
2044
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2045
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2046
};
2047
 
2048
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2049
{
2050
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2051
  0xce, 0x00,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2052
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2053
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2054
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
2055
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2056
  0xc2, 0x51,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2057
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2058
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2059
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2060
};
2061
 
2062
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2063
  {
2064
    {
2065
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
2066
      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2067
      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2068
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2069
      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2070
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2071
      { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2072
      12,
2073
      NULL
2074
    },
2075
    {
2076
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
2077
      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2078
      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2079
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2080
      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2081
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2082
      { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2083
      12,
2084
      NULL
2085
    },
2086
  },
2087
  {
2088
    {
2089
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2090
      NULL,
2091
      0,
2092
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2093
      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2094
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2095
      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2096
      12,
2097
      NULL
2098
    },
2099
    {
2100
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2101
      NULL,
2102
      0,
2103
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2104
      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2105
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2106
      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2107
      12,
2108
      NULL
2109
    },
2110
  }
2111
};
2112
 
2113
/* FDPIC PLT entries.  Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2114
   binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2115
   and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2116
   cache behavior.  */
2117
 
2118
#define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2119
#define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2120
 
2121
/* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2122
   duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined.  So
2123
   right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub.  It
2124
   might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2125
   stubs separately.  */
2126
 
2127
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2128
{
2129
  0xd0, 0x02,   /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2130
  0x01, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2131
  0x70, 0x04,   /* add #4, r0 */
2132
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
2133
  0x0c, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2134
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2135
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2136
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2137
  0x60, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2138
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2139
  0x53, 0xc1,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2140
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2141
};
2142
 
2143
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2144
{
2145
  0x02, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2146
  0xce, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2147
  0x04, 0x70,   /* add #4, r0 */
2148
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2149
  0xce, 0x0c,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2150
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2151
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2152
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2153
  0xc2, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2154
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2155
  0xc1, 0x53,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2156
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2157
};
2158
 
2159
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2160
  {
2161
    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2162
    NULL,
2163
    0,
2164
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2165
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2166
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2167
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2168
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2169
    NULL
2170
  },
2171
  {
2172
    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2173
    NULL,
2174
    0,
2175
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2176
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2177
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2178
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2179
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2180
    NULL
2181
  },
2182
};
2183
 
2184
/* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2185
   entries for the first 64K slots.  We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2186
   past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2187
   but would not be any smaller.  */
2188
 
2189
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2190
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2191
 
2192
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2193
{
2194
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2195
  0x01, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2196
  0x70, 0x04,   /* add #4, r0 */
2197
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
2198
  0x0c, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2199
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2200
  0x60, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2201
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2202
  0x53, 0xc1,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2203
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2204
};
2205
 
2206
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2207
{
2208
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2209
  0xce, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2210
  0x04, 0x70,   /* add #4, r0 */
2211
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2212
  0xce, 0x0c,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2213
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2214
  0xc2, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2215
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2216
  0xc1, 0x53,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2217
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2218
};
2219
 
2220
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2221
  /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
2222
  NULL,
2223
  0,
2224
  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2225
  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2226
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2227
  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2228
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2229
  NULL
2230
};
2231
 
2232
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2233
  /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
2234
  NULL,
2235
  0,
2236
  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2237
  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2238
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2239
  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2240
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2241
  NULL
2242
};
2243
 
2244
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2245
  {
2246
    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2247
    NULL,
2248
    0,
2249
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2250
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2251
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2252
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2253
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2254
    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2255
  },
2256
  {
2257
    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2258
    NULL,
2259
    0,
2260
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2261
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2262
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2263
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2264
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2265
    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2266
  },
2267
};
2268
 
2269
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
2270
   the object is position-independent.  */
2271
 
2272
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2273
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2274
{
2275
  if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2276
    {
2277
      /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2278
         sequence.  */
2279
      if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2280
        return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2281
      else
2282
        return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2283
    }
2284
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2285
    return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2286
  return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2287
}
2288
 
2289
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2290
   VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2291
   not data.  */
2292
 
2293
inline static void
2294
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2295
                   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2296
{
2297
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2298
}
2299
#endif
2300
 
2301
/* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2302
   Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2303
   20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2304
   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
2305
#define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2306
 
2307
/* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET.  */
2308
 
2309
static bfd_vma
2310
get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2311
{
2312
  bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2313
 
2314
  offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2315
  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2316
    {
2317
      if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2318
        {
2319
          plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2320
          offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2321
        }
2322
      else
2323
        info = info->short_plt;
2324
    }
2325
  return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2326
}
2327
 
2328
/* Do the inverse operation.  */
2329
 
2330
static bfd_vma
2331
get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2332
{
2333
  bfd_vma offset = 0;
2334
 
2335
  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2336
    {
2337
      if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2338
        {
2339
          offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2340
          plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2341
        }
2342
      else
2343
        info = info->short_plt;
2344
    }
2345
  return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2346
          + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2347
}
2348
 
2349
/* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2350
   decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2351
   This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2352
   unnecessary.  We store the information in a field extending the
2353
   regular ELF linker hash table.  */
2354
 
2355
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2356
{
2357
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2358
 
2359
  /* The input section of the reloc.  */
2360
  asection *sec;
2361
 
2362
  /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section.  */
2363
  bfd_size_type count;
2364
 
2365
  /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section.  */
2366
  bfd_size_type pc_count;
2367
};
2368
 
2369
union gotref
2370
{
2371
  bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2372
  bfd_vma offset;
2373
};
2374
 
2375
/* sh ELF linker hash entry.  */
2376
 
2377
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2378
{
2379
  struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2380
 
2381
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2382
  union
2383
  {
2384
    bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2385
    bfd_vma offset;
2386
  } datalabel_got;
2387
#endif
2388
 
2389
  /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
2390
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2391
 
2392
  bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2393
 
2394
  /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC.  The refcount counts
2395
     R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2396
     relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2397
     for separately.  After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2398
     MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2399
     managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2400
     During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2401
     descriptor will be canonical.  */
2402
  union gotref funcdesc;
2403
 
2404
  /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2405
     and thus require fixups or relocations.  */
2406
  bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2407
 
2408
  enum {
2409
    GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2410
  } got_type;
2411
};
2412
 
2413
#define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2414
 
2415
struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2416
{
2417
  struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2418
 
2419
  /* got_type for each local got entry.  */
2420
  char *local_got_type;
2421
 
2422
  /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol.  */
2423
  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2424
};
2425
 
2426
#define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2427
  ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2428
 
2429
#define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2430
  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2431
 
2432
#define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2433
  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2434
 
2435
#define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2436
  (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2437
   && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2438
   && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2439
 
2440
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2441
   as the specific tdata.  */
2442
 
2443
static bfd_boolean
2444
sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2445
{
2446
  return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2447
                                  SH_ELF_DATA);
2448
}
2449
 
2450
/* sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2451
 
2452
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2453
{
2454
  struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2455
 
2456
  /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
2457
  asection *sgot;
2458
  asection *sgotplt;
2459
  asection *srelgot;
2460
  asection *splt;
2461
  asection *srelplt;
2462
  asection *sdynbss;
2463
  asection *srelbss;
2464
  asection *sfuncdesc;
2465
  asection *srelfuncdesc;
2466
  asection *srofixup;
2467
 
2468
  /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section.  */
2469
  asection *srelplt2;
2470
 
2471
  /* Small local sym cache.  */
2472
  struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2473
 
2474
  /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry.  */
2475
  union
2476
    {
2477
      bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2478
      bfd_vma offset;
2479
    } tls_ldm_got;
2480
 
2481
  /* The type of PLT to use.  */
2482
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2483
 
2484
  /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */
2485
  bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2486
 
2487
  /* True if the target system uses FDPIC.  */
2488
  bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2489
};
2490
 
2491
/* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2492
 
2493
#define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)                    \
2494
  (elf_link_hash_traverse                                               \
2495
   (&(table)->root,                                                     \
2496
    (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2497
    (info)))
2498
 
2499
/* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
2500
 
2501
#define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2502
  (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2503
  == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2504
 
2505
/* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2506
 
2507
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2508
sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2509
                          struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2510
                          const char *string)
2511
{
2512
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2513
    (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2514
 
2515
  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2516
     subclass.  */
2517
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2518
    ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2519
           bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2520
                              sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2521
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2522
    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2523
 
2524
  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
2525
  ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2526
         _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2527
                                     table, string));
2528
  if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2529
    {
2530
      ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2531
      ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2532
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2533
      ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2534
#endif
2535
      ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2536
      ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2537
      ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2538
    }
2539
 
2540
  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2541
}
2542
 
2543
/* Create an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2544
 
2545
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2546
sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2547
{
2548
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2549
  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2550
 
2551
  ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
2552
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2553
    return NULL;
2554
 
2555
  if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2556
                                      sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2557
                                      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2558
                                      SH_ELF_DATA))
2559
    {
2560
      free (ret);
2561
      return NULL;
2562
    }
2563
 
2564
  ret->sgot = NULL;
2565
  ret->sgotplt = NULL;
2566
  ret->srelgot = NULL;
2567
  ret->splt = NULL;
2568
  ret->srelplt = NULL;
2569
  ret->sdynbss = NULL;
2570
  ret->srelbss = NULL;
2571
  ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
2572
  ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
2573
  ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
2574
  ret->plt_info = NULL;
2575
  ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2576
  ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2577
 
2578
  return &ret->root.root;
2579
}
2580
 
2581
static bfd_boolean
2582
sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2583
                            struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2584
{
2585
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2586
 
2587
  /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections.  */
2588
  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2589
    return TRUE;
2590
 
2591
  /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2592
     relocate independently.  */
2593
  switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2594
    {
2595
    case SHT_PROGBITS:
2596
    case SHT_NOBITS:
2597
      /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2598
         SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS.  */
2599
    case SHT_NULL:
2600
      return FALSE;
2601
 
2602
      /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2603
         against any other section.  */
2604
    default:
2605
      return TRUE;
2606
    }
2607
}
2608
 
2609
/* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2610
   shortcuts to them in our hash table.  */
2611
 
2612
static bfd_boolean
2613
create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2614
{
2615
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2616
 
2617
  if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2618
    return FALSE;
2619
 
2620
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2621
  if (htab == NULL)
2622
    return FALSE;
2623
 
2624
  htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
2625
  htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2626
  htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2627
  if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2628
    abort ();
2629
 
2630
  htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2631
                                                 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2632
                                                  | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2633
                                                  | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2634
                                                  | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2635
  if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2636
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2637
    return FALSE;
2638
 
2639
  htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj,
2640
                                                    ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2641
                                                    (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2642
                                                     | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2643
                                                     | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2644
                                                     | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2645
                                                     | SEC_READONLY));
2646
  if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2647
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2648
    return FALSE;
2649
 
2650
  /* Also create .rofixup.  */
2651
  htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2652
                                                (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2653
                                                 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2654
                                                 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2655
                                                 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2656
                                                 | SEC_READONLY));
2657
  if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2658
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2659
    return FALSE;
2660
 
2661
  return TRUE;
2662
}
2663
 
2664
/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
2665
 
2666
static bfd_boolean
2667
sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2668
{
2669
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2670
  flagword flags, pltflags;
2671
  asection *s;
2672
  const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2673
  int ptralign = 0;
2674
 
2675
  switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2676
    {
2677
    case 32:
2678
      ptralign = 2;
2679
      break;
2680
 
2681
    case 64:
2682
      ptralign = 3;
2683
      break;
2684
 
2685
    default:
2686
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2687
      return FALSE;
2688
    }
2689
 
2690
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2691
  if (htab == NULL)
2692
    return FALSE;
2693
 
2694
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2695
    return TRUE;
2696
 
2697
  /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2698
     .rel[a].bss sections.  */
2699
 
2700
  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2701
           | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2702
 
2703
  pltflags = flags;
2704
  pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2705
  if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2706
    pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2707
  if (bed->plt_readonly)
2708
    pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2709
 
2710
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2711
  htab->splt = s;
2712
  if (s == NULL
2713
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2714
    return FALSE;
2715
 
2716
  if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2717
    {
2718
      /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2719
         .plt section.  */
2720
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2721
      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2722
 
2723
      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2724
             (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2725
              (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2726
              get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2727
        return FALSE;
2728
 
2729
      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2730
      h->def_regular = 1;
2731
      h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2732
      htab->root.hplt = h;
2733
 
2734
      if (info->shared
2735
          && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2736
        return FALSE;
2737
    }
2738
 
2739
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2740
                                   bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2741
                                   flags | SEC_READONLY);
2742
  htab->srelplt = s;
2743
  if (s == NULL
2744
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2745
    return FALSE;
2746
 
2747
  if (htab->sgot == NULL
2748
      && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2749
    return FALSE;
2750
 
2751
  {
2752
    const char *secname;
2753
    char *relname;
2754
    flagword secflags;
2755
    asection *sec;
2756
 
2757
    for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2758
      {
2759
        secflags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec);
2760
        if ((secflags & (SEC_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
2761
            || ((secflags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
2762
          continue;
2763
        secname = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
2764
        relname = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (secname) + 6);
2765
        strcpy (relname, ".rela");
2766
        strcat (relname, secname);
2767
        if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname))
2768
          continue;
2769
        s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, relname,
2770
                                         flags | SEC_READONLY);
2771
        if (s == NULL
2772
            || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2773
          return FALSE;
2774
      }
2775
  }
2776
 
2777
  if (bed->want_dynbss)
2778
    {
2779
      /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2780
         by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2781
         not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process
2782
         image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2783
         initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss
2784
         section into the .bss section of the final image.  */
2785
      s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2786
                                       SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2787
      htab->sdynbss = s;
2788
      if (s == NULL)
2789
        return FALSE;
2790
 
2791
      /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not
2792
         normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the
2793
         linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it
2794
         only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2795
         until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2796
         main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2797
         (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2798
         mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to
2799
         be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this
2800
         section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2801
         copy relocs.  */
2802
      if (! info->shared)
2803
        {
2804
          s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2805
                                           (bed->default_use_rela_p
2806
                                            ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2807
                                           flags | SEC_READONLY);
2808
          htab->srelbss = s;
2809
          if (s == NULL
2810
              || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2811
            return FALSE;
2812
        }
2813
    }
2814
 
2815
  if (htab->vxworks_p)
2816
    {
2817
      if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2818
        return FALSE;
2819
    }
2820
 
2821
  return TRUE;
2822
}
2823
 
2824
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2825
   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
2826
   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
2827
   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2828
   understand.  */
2829
 
2830
static bfd_boolean
2831
sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2832
                              struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2833
{
2834
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2835
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2836
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2837
  asection *s;
2838
 
2839
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2840
  if (htab == NULL)
2841
    return FALSE;
2842
 
2843
  /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
2844
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2845
              && (h->needs_plt
2846
                  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2847
                  || (h->def_dynamic
2848
                      && h->ref_regular
2849
                      && !h->def_regular)));
2850
 
2851
  /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
2852
     will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2853
     when we know the address of the .got section.  */
2854
  if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2855
      || h->needs_plt)
2856
    {
2857
      if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2858
          || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2859
          || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2860
              && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2861
        {
2862
          /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2863
             file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2864
             object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2865
             a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2866
             reloc instead.  */
2867
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2868
          h->needs_plt = 0;
2869
        }
2870
 
2871
      return TRUE;
2872
    }
2873
  else
2874
    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2875
 
2876
  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2877
     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2878
     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
2879
  if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2880
    {
2881
      BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2882
                  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2883
      h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2884
      h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2885
      if (info->nocopyreloc)
2886
        h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2887
      return TRUE;
2888
    }
2889
 
2890
  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2891
     is not a function.  */
2892
 
2893
  /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2894
     only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2895
     For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2896
     be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
2897
  if (info->shared)
2898
    return TRUE;
2899
 
2900
  /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2901
     GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
2902
  if (!h->non_got_ref)
2903
    return TRUE;
2904
 
2905
  /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
2906
  if (info->nocopyreloc)
2907
    {
2908
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2909
      return TRUE;
2910
    }
2911
 
2912
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2913
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2914
    {
2915
      s = p->sec->output_section;
2916
      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2917
        break;
2918
    }
2919
 
2920
  /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2921
     copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2922
     the copy reloc.  */
2923
  if (p == NULL)
2924
    {
2925
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2926
      return TRUE;
2927
    }
2928
 
2929
  if (h->size == 0)
2930
    {
2931
      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
2932
                             h->root.root.string);
2933
      return TRUE;
2934
    }
2935
 
2936
  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2937
     become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
2938
     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
2939
     object will contain position independent code, so all references
2940
     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2941
     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2942
     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2943
     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2944
     same memory location for the variable.  */
2945
 
2946
  s = htab->sdynbss;
2947
  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2948
 
2949
  /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2950
     copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2951
     runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
2952
     .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
2953
  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2954
    {
2955
      asection *srel;
2956
 
2957
      srel = htab->srelbss;
2958
      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2959
      srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2960
      h->needs_copy = 1;
2961
    }
2962
 
2963
  return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
2964
}
2965
 
2966
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2967
   dynamic relocs.  */
2968
 
2969
static bfd_boolean
2970
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2971
{
2972
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
2973
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2974
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2975
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2976
 
2977
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2978
    return TRUE;
2979
 
2980
  info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2981
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2982
  if (htab == NULL)
2983
    return FALSE;
2984
 
2985
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2986
  if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2987
       || h->forced_local)
2988
      && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2989
    {
2990
      /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2991
         so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2992
      h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2993
      if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2994
        h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2995
    }
2996
 
2997
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2998
      && h->plt.refcount > 0
2999
      && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3000
          || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3001
    {
3002
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3003
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3004
      if (h->dynindx == -1
3005
          && !h->forced_local)
3006
        {
3007
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3008
            return FALSE;
3009
        }
3010
 
3011
      if (info->shared
3012
          || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
3013
        {
3014
          asection *s = htab->splt;
3015
          const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
3016
 
3017
          /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
3018
             first entry.  */
3019
          if (s->size == 0)
3020
            s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
3021
 
3022
          h->plt.offset = s->size;
3023
 
3024
          /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
3025
             not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
3026
             location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
3027
             pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
3028
             the shared library.  Skip this for FDPIC, since the
3029
             function's address will be the address of the canonical
3030
             function descriptor.  */
3031
          if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular)
3032
            {
3033
              h->root.u.def.section = s;
3034
              h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3035
            }
3036
 
3037
          /* Make room for this entry.  */
3038
          plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3039
          if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3040
              && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3041
            plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3042
          s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3043
 
3044
          /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3045
             will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
3046
          if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3047
            htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3048
          else
3049
            htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3050
 
3051
          /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
3052
          htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3053
 
3054
          if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
3055
            {
3056
              /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3057
                 for each PLT entry.  They go in a separate relocation
3058
                 section, which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
3059
 
3060
              /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3061
                 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
3062
              if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3063
                htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3064
 
3065
              /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3066
                 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3067
                 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry.  */
3068
              htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3069
            }
3070
        }
3071
      else
3072
        {
3073
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3074
          h->needs_plt = 0;
3075
        }
3076
    }
3077
  else
3078
    {
3079
      h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3080
      h->needs_plt = 0;
3081
    }
3082
 
3083
  if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3084
    {
3085
      asection *s;
3086
      bfd_boolean dyn;
3087
      int got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3088
 
3089
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3090
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3091
      if (h->dynindx == -1
3092
          && !h->forced_local)
3093
        {
3094
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3095
            return FALSE;
3096
        }
3097
 
3098
      s = htab->sgot;
3099
      h->got.offset = s->size;
3100
      s->size += 4;
3101
      /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
3102
      if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3103
        s->size += 4;
3104
      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3105
      if (!dyn)
3106
        {
3107
          /* No dynamic relocations required.  */
3108
          if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
3109
              && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3110
              && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3111
            htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3112
        }
3113
      /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3114
         R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global.  */
3115
      else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3116
               || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3117
        htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3118
      else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3119
        htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3120
      else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3121
        {
3122
          if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3123
            htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3124
          else
3125
            htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3126
        }
3127
      else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3128
                || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3129
               && (info->shared
3130
                   || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3131
        htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3132
      else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3133
               && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3134
                   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3135
        htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3136
    }
3137
  else
3138
    h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3139
 
3140
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3141
  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3142
    {
3143
      asection *s;
3144
      bfd_boolean dyn;
3145
 
3146
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3147
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3148
      if (h->dynindx == -1
3149
          && !h->forced_local)
3150
        {
3151
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3152
            return FALSE;
3153
        }
3154
 
3155
      s = htab->sgot;
3156
      eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3157
      s->size += 4;
3158
      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3159
      if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
3160
        htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3161
    }
3162
  else
3163
    eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3164
#endif
3165
 
3166
  /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3167
     descriptors, canonical or otherwise.  We need to relocate the
3168
     reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3169
     undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3170
     static linking).  Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere.  */
3171
  if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3172
      && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3173
          || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3174
              && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3175
    {
3176
      if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3177
        htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3178
      else
3179
        htab->srelgot->size
3180
          += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3181
    }
3182
 
3183
  /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3184
     a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3185
     the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it.  None of this
3186
     applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3187
     canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3188
     won't be a PLT entry at all.  */
3189
  if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3190
       || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3191
      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3192
      && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3193
    {
3194
      /* Make room for this function descriptor.  */
3195
      eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3196
      htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3197
 
3198
      /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3199
         function descriptor, so allocate those too.  */
3200
      if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3201
        htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3202
      else
3203
        htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3204
    }
3205
 
3206
  if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3207
    return TRUE;
3208
 
3209
  /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3210
     dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3211
     defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
3212
     space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3213
     visibility changes.  */
3214
 
3215
  if (info->shared)
3216
    {
3217
      if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3218
        {
3219
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3220
 
3221
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3222
            {
3223
              p->count -= p->pc_count;
3224
              p->pc_count = 0;
3225
              if (p->count == 0)
3226
                *pp = p->next;
3227
              else
3228
                pp = &p->next;
3229
            }
3230
        }
3231
 
3232
      if (htab->vxworks_p)
3233
        {
3234
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3235
 
3236
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3237
            {
3238
              if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3239
                *pp = p->next;
3240
              else
3241
                pp = &p->next;
3242
            }
3243
        }
3244
 
3245
      /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3246
         visibility.  */
3247
      if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3248
          && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3249
        {
3250
          if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3251
            eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3252
 
3253
          /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3254
             symbol in PIEs.  */
3255
          else if (h->dynindx == -1
3256
                   && !h->forced_local)
3257
            {
3258
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3259
                return FALSE;
3260
            }
3261
        }
3262
    }
3263
  else
3264
    {
3265
      /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3266
         symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3267
         dynamic.  */
3268
 
3269
      if (!h->non_got_ref
3270
          && ((h->def_dynamic
3271
               && !h->def_regular)
3272
              || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3273
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3274
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3275
        {
3276
          /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3277
             Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3278
          if (h->dynindx == -1
3279
              && !h->forced_local)
3280
            {
3281
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3282
                return FALSE;
3283
            }
3284
 
3285
          /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3286
             relocs.  */
3287
          if (h->dynindx != -1)
3288
            goto keep;
3289
        }
3290
 
3291
      eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3292
 
3293
    keep: ;
3294
    }
3295
 
3296
  /* Finally, allocate space.  */
3297
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3298
    {
3299
      asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3300
      sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3301
 
3302
      /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
3303
      if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3304
        htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3305
    }
3306
 
3307
  return TRUE;
3308
}
3309
 
3310
/* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
3311
 
3312
static bfd_boolean
3313
readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3314
{
3315
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3316
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3317
 
3318
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3319
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3320
    {
3321
      asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3322
 
3323
      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3324
        {
3325
          struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3326
 
3327
          info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3328
 
3329
          /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
3330
          return FALSE;
3331
        }
3332
    }
3333
  return TRUE;
3334
}
3335
 
3336
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3337
   and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3338
   It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
3339
 
3340
static bfd_boolean
3341
sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3342
{
3343
  sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
3344
 
3345
  if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable)
3346
    {
3347
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3348
 
3349
      /* Force a PT_GNU_STACK segment to be created.  */
3350
      if (! elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags)
3351
        elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
3352
 
3353
      /* Define __stacksize if it's not defined yet.  */
3354
      h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3355
                                FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3356
      if (! h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3357
          || h->type != STT_OBJECT
3358
          || !h->def_regular)
3359
        {
3360
          struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
3361
 
3362
          if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3363
                (info, output_bfd, "__stacksize",
3364
                 BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE,
3365
                 (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
3366
                 get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->collect, &bh)))
3367
            return FALSE;
3368
 
3369
          h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
3370
          h->def_regular = 1;
3371
          h->type = STT_OBJECT;
3372
        }
3373
    }
3374
  return TRUE;
3375
}
3376
 
3377
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
3378
 
3379
static bfd_boolean
3380
sh_elf_modify_program_headers (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3381
{
3382
  struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (output_bfd);
3383
  struct elf_segment_map *m;
3384
  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3385
 
3386
  /* objcopy and strip preserve what's already there using
3387
     sh_elf_copy_private_bfd_data ().  */
3388
  if (! info)
3389
    return TRUE;
3390
 
3391
  for (p = tdata->phdr, m = tdata->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
3392
    if (m->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
3393
      break;
3394
 
3395
  if (m)
3396
    {
3397
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3398
 
3399
      /* Obtain the pointer to the __stacksize symbol.  */
3400
      h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3401
                                FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3402
      if (h)
3403
        {
3404
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3405
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3406
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3407
          BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
3408
        }
3409
 
3410
      /* Set the header p_memsz from the symbol value.  We
3411
         intentionally ignore the symbol section.  */
3412
      if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
3413
        p->p_memsz = h->root.u.def.value;
3414
      else
3415
        p->p_memsz = DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE;
3416
 
3417
      p->p_align = 8;
3418
    }
3419
 
3420
  return TRUE;
3421
}
3422
 
3423
#endif
3424
 
3425
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
3426
 
3427
static bfd_boolean
3428
sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3429
                              struct bfd_link_info *info)
3430
{
3431
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3432
  bfd *dynobj;
3433
  asection *s;
3434
  bfd_boolean relocs;
3435
  bfd *ibfd;
3436
 
3437
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3438
  if (htab == NULL)
3439
    return FALSE;
3440
 
3441
  dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3442
  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3443
 
3444
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3445
    {
3446
      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
3447
      if (info->executable)
3448
        {
3449
          s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
3450
          BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3451
          s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3452
          s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3453
        }
3454
    }
3455
 
3456
  /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3457
     relocs.  */
3458
  for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
3459
    {
3460
      bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3461
      bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3462
      union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3463
      char *local_got_type;
3464
      bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3465
      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3466
      asection *srel;
3467
 
3468
      if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3469
        continue;
3470
 
3471
      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3472
        {
3473
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3474
 
3475
          for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3476
                    elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3477
               p != NULL;
3478
               p = p->next)
3479
            {
3480
              if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3481
                  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3482
                {
3483
                  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3484
                     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3485
                     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3486
                     the relocs too.  */
3487
                }
3488
              else if (htab->vxworks_p
3489
                       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3490
                                  ".tls_vars") == 0)
3491
                {
3492
                  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3493
                     handled specially by the loader.  */
3494
                }
3495
              else if (p->count != 0)
3496
                {
3497
                  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3498
                  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3499
                  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3500
                    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3501
 
3502
                  /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
3503
                  if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3504
                    htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3505
                }
3506
            }
3507
        }
3508
 
3509
      symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3510
      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3511
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3512
      /* Count datalabel local GOT.  */
3513
      locsymcount *= 2;
3514
#endif
3515
      s = htab->sgot;
3516
      srel = htab->srelgot;
3517
 
3518
      local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3519
      if (local_got)
3520
        {
3521
          end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3522
          local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3523
          local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3524
          for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3525
            {
3526
              if (*local_got > 0)
3527
                {
3528
                  *local_got = s->size;
3529
                  s->size += 4;
3530
                  if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3531
                    s->size += 4;
3532
                  if (info->shared)
3533
                    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3534
                  else
3535
                    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3536
 
3537
                  if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3538
                    {
3539
                      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3540
                        {
3541
                          bfd_size_type size;
3542
 
3543
                          size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3544
                          local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3545
                                                                        size);
3546
                          if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3547
                            return FALSE;
3548
                          sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3549
                          local_funcdesc += (local_got
3550
                                             - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3551
                        }
3552
                      local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3553
                      ++local_funcdesc;
3554
                    }
3555
                }
3556
              else
3557
                *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3558
              ++local_got_type;
3559
            }
3560
        }
3561
 
3562
      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3563
      if (local_funcdesc)
3564
        {
3565
          end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3566
 
3567
          for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3568
            {
3569
              if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3570
                {
3571
                  local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3572
                  htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3573
                  if (!info->shared)
3574
                    htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3575
                  else
3576
                    htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3577
                }
3578
              else
3579
                local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3580
            }
3581
        }
3582
 
3583
    }
3584
 
3585
  if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3586
    {
3587
      /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3588
         relocs.  */
3589
      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3590
      htab->sgot->size += 8;
3591
      htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3592
    }
3593
  else
3594
    htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3595
 
3596
  /* Only the reserved entries should be present.  For FDPIC, they go at
3597
     the end of .got.plt.  */
3598
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3599
    {
3600
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3601
      htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3602
    }
3603
 
3604
  /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3605
     sym dynamic relocs.  */
3606
  elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3607
 
3608
  /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3609
     end of the FDPIC .got.plt.  */
3610
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3611
    {
3612
      htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3613
      htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3614
    }
3615
 
3616
  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
3617
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3618
    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3619
 
3620
  /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3621
     Allocate memory for them.  */
3622
  relocs = FALSE;
3623
  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3624
    {
3625
      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3626
        continue;
3627
 
3628
      if (s == htab->splt
3629
          || s == htab->sgot
3630
          || s == htab->sgotplt
3631
          || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3632
          || s == htab->srofixup
3633
          || s == htab->sdynbss)
3634
        {
3635
          /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3636
             comment below.  */
3637
        }
3638
      else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3639
        {
3640
          if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3641
            relocs = TRUE;
3642
 
3643
          /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3644
             to copy relocs into the output file.  */
3645
          s->reloc_count = 0;
3646
        }
3647
      else
3648
        {
3649
          /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
3650
          continue;
3651
        }
3652
 
3653
      if (s->size == 0)
3654
        {
3655
          /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3656
             output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3657
             .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
3658
             create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3659
             before the linker maps input sections to output
3660
             sections.  The linker does that before
3661
             adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3662
             function which decides whether anything needs to go
3663
             into these sections.  */
3664
 
3665
          s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3666
          continue;
3667
        }
3668
 
3669
      if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3670
        continue;
3671
 
3672
      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
3673
         here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3674
         section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
3675
         but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3676
         of garbage.  */
3677
      s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3678
      if (s->contents == NULL)
3679
        return FALSE;
3680
    }
3681
 
3682
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3683
    {
3684
      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
3685
         values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3686
         must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3687
         the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3688
         dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
3689
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3690
  _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3691
 
3692
      if (info->executable)
3693
        {
3694
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3695
            return FALSE;
3696
        }
3697
 
3698
      if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3699
        {
3700
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3701
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3702
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3703
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3704
            return FALSE;
3705
        }
3706
      else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
3707
               && htab->sgot->size != 0)
3708
        {
3709
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3710
            return FALSE;
3711
        }
3712
 
3713
      if (relocs)
3714
        {
3715
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3716
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3717
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3718
                                      sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3719
            return FALSE;
3720
 
3721
          /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3722
             then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
3723
          if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3724
            elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3725
 
3726
          if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3727
            {
3728
              if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3729
                return FALSE;
3730
            }
3731
        }
3732
      if (htab->vxworks_p
3733
          && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3734
        return FALSE;
3735
    }
3736
#undef add_dynamic_entry
3737
 
3738
  return TRUE;
3739
}
3740
 
3741
/* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section.  */
3742
 
3743
inline static bfd_vma
3744
sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3745
                      int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3746
{
3747
  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3748
  bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3749
 
3750
  outrel.r_offset = offset;
3751
  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3752
  outrel.r_addend = addend;
3753
 
3754
  reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3755
  BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3756
  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3757
                             sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3758
  sreloc->reloc_count++;
3759
 
3760
  return reloc_offset;
3761
}
3762
 
3763
/* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup.  */
3764
 
3765
inline static void
3766
sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3767
{
3768
  bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3769
 
3770
  fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3771
  BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3772
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3773
}
3774
 
3775
/* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3776
   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.  */
3777
 
3778
static bfd_signed_vma
3779
sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3780
{
3781
  return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3782
          - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3783
}
3784
 
3785
/* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3786
   located.  */
3787
 
3788
static unsigned
3789
sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3790
{
3791
  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd,
3792
                                                                   osec);
3793
 
3794
  /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to.  The kernel
3795
     supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3796
     a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment.  */
3797
  return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3798
}
3799
 
3800
static bfd_boolean
3801
sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3802
{
3803
  unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3804
 
3805
  return ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W);
3806
}
3807
 
3808
/* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3809
   with any relocations or fixups required.  */
3810
static bfd_boolean
3811
sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3812
                            struct bfd_link_info *info,
3813
                            struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3814
                            bfd_vma offset,
3815
                            asection *section,
3816
                            bfd_vma value)
3817
{
3818
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3819
  int dynindx;
3820
  bfd_vma addr, seg;
3821
 
3822
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3823
 
3824
  /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3825
     descriptor, along with the segment index.  We're RELA, so it could
3826
     go in the reloc instead... */
3827
 
3828
  if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3829
    {
3830
      section = h->root.u.def.section;
3831
      value = h->root.u.def.value;
3832
    }
3833
 
3834
  if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3835
    {
3836
      dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3837
      addr = value + section->output_offset;
3838
      seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3839
    }
3840
  else
3841
    {
3842
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3843
      dynindx = h->dynindx;
3844
      addr = seg = 0;
3845
    }
3846
 
3847
  if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3848
    {
3849
      if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3850
        {
3851
          sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3852
                              offset
3853
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3854
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3855
          sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3856
                              offset + 4
3857
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3858
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3859
        }
3860
 
3861
      /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3862
         address and gp value (barring fixups).  */
3863
      addr += section->output_section->vma;
3864
      seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3865
        + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3866
        + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3867
    }
3868
  else
3869
    sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3870
                          offset
3871
                          + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3872
                          + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3873
                          R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3874
 
3875
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3876
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3877
 
3878
  return TRUE;
3879
}
3880
 
3881
/* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3882
   VALUE is the field's value.  Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3883
   otherwise.  */
3884
 
3885
static bfd_reloc_status_type
3886
install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3887
                      bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3888
                      bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3889
{
3890
  unsigned long cur_val;
3891
  bfd_byte *addr;
3892
  bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3893
 
3894
  if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3895
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3896
 
3897
  r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3898
                          bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3899
  if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3900
    return r;
3901
 
3902
  addr = contents + offset;
3903
  cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3904
  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3905
  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3906
 
3907
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
3908
}
3909
 
3910
/* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */
3911
 
3912
static bfd_boolean
3913
sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3914
                         bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3915
                         bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3916
                         Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3917
                         asection **local_sections)
3918
{
3919
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3920
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3921
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3922
  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3923
  bfd *dynobj = NULL;
3924
  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3925
  asection *sgot = NULL;
3926
  asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3927
  asection *splt = NULL;
3928
  asection *sreloc = NULL;
3929
  asection *srelgot = NULL;
3930
  bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3931
  unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3932
  bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3933
 
3934
  BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3935
 
3936
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3937
  if (htab != NULL)
3938
    {
3939
      dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3940
      sgot = htab->sgot;
3941
      sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3942
      splt = htab->splt;
3943
      fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3944
    }
3945
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3946
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3947
  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3948
 
3949
  isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3950
                                         input_section->output_section);
3951
  if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3952
    got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3953
                                          sgot->output_section);
3954
  else
3955
    got_segment = -1;
3956
  if (fdpic_p && splt)
3957
    plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3958
                                          splt->output_section);
3959
  else
3960
    plt_segment = -1;
3961
 
3962
  /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3963
     specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
3964
  is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
3965
                    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3966
                                ".tls_vars"));
3967
 
3968
  rel = relocs;
3969
  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3970
  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3971
    {
3972
      int r_type;
3973
      reloc_howto_type *howto;
3974
      unsigned long r_symndx;
3975
      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3976
      asection *sec;
3977
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3978
      bfd_vma relocation;
3979
      bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3980
      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3981
      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3982
      bfd_vma off;
3983
      int got_type;
3984
      const char *symname = NULL;
3985
 
3986
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3987
 
3988
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3989
 
3990
      /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3991
         handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */
3992
      if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3993
          && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3994
        continue;
3995
      if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3996
        continue;
3997
 
3998
      if (r_type < 0
3999
          || r_type >= R_SH_max
4000
          || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
4001
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
4002
          || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
4003
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
4004
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
4005
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
4006
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
4007
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
4008
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
4009
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
4010
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
4011
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
4012
        {
4013
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4014
          return FALSE;
4015
        }
4016
 
4017
      howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
4018
 
4019
      /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
4020
         the relocation.  */
4021
      if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4022
        addend = rel->r_addend;
4023
 
4024
      h = NULL;
4025
      sym = NULL;
4026
      sec = NULL;
4027
      check_segment[0] = -1;
4028
      check_segment[1] = -1;
4029
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4030
        {
4031
          sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
4032
          sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
4033
 
4034
          symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
4035
            (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
4036
          if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
4037
            symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4038
 
4039
          relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
4040
                        + sec->output_offset
4041
                        + sym->st_value);
4042
          /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
4043
             datalabel processing here.  Make sure this does not change
4044
             without notice.  */
4045
          if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
4046
            ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
4047
             (info,
4048
              _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
4049
              input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
4050
 
4051
          if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4052
            /* Handled below.  */
4053
            ;
4054
          else if (info->relocatable)
4055
            {
4056
              /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
4057
                 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
4058
                 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
4059
                 section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
4060
              if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4061
                {
4062
                  if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4063
                    {
4064
                      /* For relocations with the addend in the
4065
                         relocation, we need just to update the addend.
4066
                         All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
4067
                         code is mostly for completeness.  */
4068
                      rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
4069
 
4070
                      continue;
4071
                    }
4072
 
4073
                  /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
4074
                     contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
4075
                     from the changed location of the section symbol.
4076
                     Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
4077
                     final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
4078
                     relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
4079
                     location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
4080
                     final link.  */
4081
                  r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
4082
                                              sec->output_offset
4083
                                              + sym->st_value,
4084
                                              contents + rel->r_offset);
4085
                  goto relocation_done;
4086
                }
4087
 
4088
              continue;
4089
            }
4090
          else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4091
            {
4092
              relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
4093
              addend = rel->r_addend;
4094
            }
4095
          else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4096
                   && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4097
            {
4098
              asection *msec;
4099
 
4100
              if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4101
                {
4102
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
4103
                    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4104
                     input_bfd, input_section,
4105
                     (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4106
                  return FALSE;
4107
                }
4108
 
4109
              addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4110
              msec = sec;
4111
              addend =
4112
                _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4113
                - relocation;
4114
              addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4115
              bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4116
              addend = 0;
4117
            }
4118
        }
4119
      else
4120
        {
4121
          /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro.  */
4122
 
4123
          relocation = 0;
4124
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4125
          symname = h->root.root.string;
4126
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4127
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4128
            {
4129
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4130
              /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4131
                 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4132
                 doesn't count.  */
4133
              seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4134
#endif
4135
              h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4136
            }
4137
          if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4138
              || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4139
            {
4140
              bfd_boolean dyn;
4141
 
4142
              dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4143
              sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4144
              /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4145
                 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4146
                 sec->output_section will be NULL.  */
4147
              if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4148
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4149
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4150
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4151
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4152
                  || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4153
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4154
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4155
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4156
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4157
                      && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4158
                  || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4159
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4160
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4161
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4162
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4163
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4164
                       || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4165
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4166
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4167
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4168
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4169
                      && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4170
                      && (! info->shared
4171
                          || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4172
                          || !h->def_regular))
4173
                  /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4174
                     overwritten in the switch block below.  The cases
4175
                     below are those in which we must defer relocation
4176
                     to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4177
                     addresses when creating a shared library.  */
4178
                  || (info->shared
4179
                      && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4180
                          || !h->def_regular)
4181
                      && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4182
                           && !h->forced_local)
4183
                          || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4184
                              && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4185
                      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4186
                          /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4187
                             sections against symbols defined externally
4188
                             in shared libraries.  We can't do anything
4189
                             with them here.  */
4190
                          || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4191
                              && h->def_dynamic)))
4192
                  /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4193
                     sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4194
                     thus ld.so will not process them.  */
4195
                  || (sec->output_section == NULL
4196
                      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4197
                          && h->def_dynamic))
4198
                  || (sec->output_section == NULL
4199
                      && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4200
                          || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4201
                ;
4202
              else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4203
                relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4204
                              + sec->output_section->vma
4205
                              + sec->output_offset)
4206
                              /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4207
                                 symbol value, unless we've seen
4208
                                 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it.  */
4209
                              | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4210
                                 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4211 163 khays
              else if (!info->relocatable
4212
                       && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4213
                                                    input_section,
4214
                                                    rel->r_offset)
4215
                           != (bfd_vma) -1))
4216 14 khays
                {
4217
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
4218
                    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4219
                     input_bfd,
4220
                     input_section,
4221
                     (long) rel->r_offset,
4222
                     howto->name,
4223
                     h->root.root.string);
4224
                  return FALSE;
4225
                }
4226
            }
4227
          else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4228
            ;
4229
          else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4230
                   && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4231
            ;
4232
          else if (!info->relocatable)
4233
            {
4234
              if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4235
                  (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4236
                   input_section, rel->r_offset,
4237
                   (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4238
                    || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4239
                return FALSE;
4240
            }
4241
        }
4242
 
4243
      if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4244
        RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4245
                                         rel, relend, howto, contents);
4246
 
4247
      if (info->relocatable)
4248
        continue;
4249
 
4250
      /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files.  Most
4251
         relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4252
         the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below.  */
4253
      check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4254
      if (sec != NULL)
4255
        check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4256
                                                   sec->output_section);
4257
      else
4258
        check_segment[1] = -1;
4259
 
4260
      switch ((int) r_type)
4261
        {
4262
        final_link_relocate:
4263
          /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4264
             R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers.  */
4265
          r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4266
                                        contents, rel->r_offset,
4267
                                        relocation, addend);
4268
          break;
4269
 
4270
        case R_SH_IND12W:
4271
          goto final_link_relocate;
4272
 
4273
        case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4274
        case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4275
        case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4276
          /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4277
             the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4278
             is here only to assist in relaxing.  If the reloc is not
4279
             against the start of this section, then it's against an
4280
             external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves.  */
4281
          if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4282
              != relocation)
4283
            {
4284
              int disp = (relocation
4285
                          - input_section->output_section->vma
4286
                          - input_section->output_offset
4287
                          - rel->r_offset);
4288
              int mask = 0;
4289
              switch (r_type)
4290
                {
4291
                case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4292
                case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4293
                case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4294
                default: mask = 0; break;
4295
                }
4296
              if (disp & mask)
4297
                {
4298
                  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4299
                   (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4300
                    input_section->owner,
4301
                    (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4302
                  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4303
                  return FALSE;
4304
                }
4305
              relocation -= 4;
4306
              goto final_link_relocate;
4307
            }
4308
          r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4309
          break;
4310
 
4311
        default:
4312
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4313
          if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4314
                                     contents, rel, &relocation))
4315
            goto final_link_relocate;
4316
#endif
4317
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4318
          return FALSE;
4319
 
4320
        case R_SH_DIR16:
4321
        case R_SH_DIR8:
4322
        case R_SH_DIR8U:
4323
        case R_SH_DIR8S:
4324
        case R_SH_DIR4U:
4325
          goto final_link_relocate;
4326
 
4327
        case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4328
        case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4329
          if (relocation & 3)
4330
            {
4331
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4332
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4333
                input_section->owner,
4334
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4335
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4336
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4337
              return FALSE;
4338
            }
4339
          goto final_link_relocate;
4340
 
4341
        case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4342
        case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4343
        case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4344
          if (relocation & 1)
4345
            {
4346
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4347
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4348
                input_section->owner,
4349
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4350
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4351
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4352
              return FALSE;
4353
            }
4354
          goto final_link_relocate;
4355
 
4356
        case R_SH_PSHA:
4357
          if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4358
              || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4359
            {
4360
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4361
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4362
                input_section->owner,
4363
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4364
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4365
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4366
              return FALSE;
4367
            }
4368
          goto final_link_relocate;
4369
 
4370
        case R_SH_PSHL:
4371
          if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4372
              || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4373
            {
4374
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4375
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4376
                input_section->owner,
4377
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4378
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4379
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4380
              return FALSE;
4381
            }
4382
          goto final_link_relocate;
4383
 
4384
        case R_SH_DIR32:
4385
        case R_SH_REL32:
4386
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4387
        case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4388
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4389
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4390
        case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4391
#endif
4392
          if (info->shared
4393
              && (h == NULL
4394
                  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4395
                  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4396
              && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4397
              && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4398
              && !is_vxworks_tls
4399
              && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4400
                  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4401
            {
4402
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4403
              bfd_byte *loc;
4404
              bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4405
 
4406
              /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4407
                 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4408
                 time.  */
4409
 
4410
              if (sreloc == NULL)
4411
                {
4412
                  sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4413
                    (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4414
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
4415
                    return FALSE;
4416
                }
4417
 
4418
              skip = FALSE;
4419
              relocate = FALSE;
4420
 
4421
              outrel.r_offset =
4422
                _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4423
                                         rel->r_offset);
4424
              if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4425
                skip = TRUE;
4426
              else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4427
                skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4428
              outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4429
                                  + input_section->output_offset);
4430
 
4431
              if (skip)
4432
                memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4433
              else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4434
                {
4435
                  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4436
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4437
                  outrel.r_addend
4438
                    = (howto->partial_inplace
4439
                       ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4440
                       : addend);
4441
                }
4442
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4443
              else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4444
                       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4445
                       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4446
                       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4447
                {
4448
                  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4449
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4450
                  outrel.r_addend = addend;
4451
                }
4452
#endif
4453
              else if (fdpic_p
4454
                       && (h == NULL
4455
                           || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4456
                               && h->def_regular)))
4457
                {
4458
                  int dynindx;
4459
 
4460
                  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4461
                  BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4462
                  dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4463
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4464
                  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4465
                  outrel.r_addend
4466
                    += (howto->partial_inplace
4467
                        ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4468
                        : addend);
4469
                  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4470
                }
4471
              else
4472
                {
4473
                  /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4474
                     become local.  */
4475
                  if (h == NULL
4476
                      || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4477
                          && h->def_regular))
4478
                    {
4479
                      relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4480
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4481
                    }
4482
                  else
4483
                    {
4484
                      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4485
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4486
                    }
4487
                  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4488
                  outrel.r_addend
4489
                    += (howto->partial_inplace
4490
                        ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4491
                        : addend);
4492
                }
4493
 
4494
              loc = sreloc->contents;
4495
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4496
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4497
 
4498
              check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4499
 
4500
              /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4501
                 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
4502
                 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4503
                 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
4504
              if (! relocate)
4505
                continue;
4506
            }
4507
          else if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4508
                   && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4509
                   && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4510
            {
4511
              bfd_vma offset;
4512
 
4513
              BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4514
 
4515
                if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4516
                                            input_section->output_section))
4517
                  {
4518
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
4519
                      (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4520
                       input_bfd,
4521
                       input_section,
4522
                       (long) rel->r_offset,
4523
                       symname);
4524
                    return FALSE;
4525
                  }
4526
 
4527
              offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4528
                                                input_section, rel->r_offset);
4529
              if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4530
                sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4531
                                    input_section->output_section->vma
4532
                                    + input_section->output_offset
4533
                                    + rel->r_offset);
4534
 
4535
              check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4536
            }
4537
          goto final_link_relocate;
4538
 
4539
        case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4540
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4541
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4542
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4543
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4544
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4545
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4546
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4547
#endif
4548
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4549
             procedure linkage table.  */
4550
 
4551
          if (h == NULL
4552
              || h->forced_local
4553
              || ! info->shared
4554
              || info->symbolic
4555
              || h->dynindx == -1
4556
              || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4557
              || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4558
            goto force_got;
4559
 
4560
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4561
             offset table extension for the procedure linkage table.  */
4562
 
4563
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4564
          BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4565
          relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4566
                        + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4567
                           + 3) * 4);
4568
 
4569
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4570
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4571
#endif
4572
 
4573
          goto final_link_relocate;
4574
 
4575
        force_got:
4576
        case R_SH_GOT32:
4577
        case R_SH_GOT20:
4578
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4579
        case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4580
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4581
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4582
        case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4583
        case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4584
        case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4585
#endif
4586
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4587
             offset table.  */
4588
 
4589
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4590
          BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4591
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4592
 
4593
          if (h != NULL)
4594
            {
4595
              bfd_boolean dyn;
4596
 
4597
              off = h->got.offset;
4598
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4599
              if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4600
                {
4601
                  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4602
 
4603
                  hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4604
                  off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4605
                }
4606
#endif
4607
              BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4608
 
4609
              dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4610
              if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4611
                  || (info->shared
4612
                      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4613
                  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4614
                      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4615
                {
4616
                  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4617
                     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4618
                     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4619
                     because of a version file.  We must initialize
4620
                     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
4621
                     offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4622
                     least significant bit to record whether we have
4623
                     initialized it already.
4624
 
4625
                     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4626
                     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
4627
                     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
4628
                  if ((off & 1) != 0)
4629
                    off &= ~1;
4630
                  else
4631
                    {
4632
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4633
                                  sgot->contents + off);
4634
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4635
                      if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4636
                        {
4637
                          struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4638
 
4639
                          hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4640
                          hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4641
                        }
4642
                      else
4643
#endif
4644
                        h->got.offset |= 1;
4645
 
4646
                      /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4647
                         symbol address, also add a fixup.  */
4648
                      if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4649
                          && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4650
                          && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4651
                              || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4652
                        sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4653
                                            sgot->output_section->vma
4654
                                            + sgot->output_offset
4655
                                            + off);
4656
                    }
4657
                }
4658
 
4659
              relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4660
            }
4661
          else
4662
            {
4663
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4664
              if (rel->r_addend)
4665
                {
4666
                  BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4667
                              && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4668
                                                    + r_symndx]
4669
                                  != (bfd_vma) -1));
4670
 
4671
                  off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4672
                                          + r_symndx];
4673
                }
4674
              else
4675
                {
4676
#endif
4677
              BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4678
                          && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4679
 
4680
              off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4681
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4682
                }
4683
#endif
4684
 
4685
              /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
4686
                 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4687
                 already generated the necessary reloc.  */
4688
              if ((off & 1) != 0)
4689
                off &= ~1;
4690
              else
4691
                {
4692
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4693
 
4694
                  if (info->shared)
4695
                    {
4696
                      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4697
                      bfd_byte *loc;
4698
 
4699
                      if (srelgot == NULL)
4700
                        {
4701
                          srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
4702
                                                             ".rela.got");
4703
                          BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4704
                        }
4705
 
4706
                      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4707
                                         + sgot->output_offset
4708
                                         + off);
4709
                      if (fdpic_p)
4710
                        {
4711
                          int dynindx
4712
                            = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4713
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4714
                          outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4715
                          outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4716
                        }
4717
                      else
4718
                        {
4719
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4720
                          outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4721
                        }
4722
                      loc = srelgot->contents;
4723
                      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4724
                      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4725
                    }
4726
                  else if (fdpic_p
4727
                           && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4728
                               == GOT_NORMAL))
4729
                    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4730
                                        sgot->output_section->vma
4731
                                        + sgot->output_offset
4732
                                        + off);
4733
 
4734
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4735
                  if (rel->r_addend)
4736
                    local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4737
                  else
4738
#endif
4739
                    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4740
                }
4741
 
4742
              relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4743
            }
4744
 
4745
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4746
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4747
#endif
4748
 
4749
          if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4750
            {
4751
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4752
                                        input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4753
                                        rel->r_offset);
4754
              break;
4755
            }
4756
          else
4757
            goto final_link_relocate;
4758
 
4759
        case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4760
        case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4761
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4762
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4763
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4764
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4765
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4766
#endif
4767
          /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4768
             we place at the start of the .got.plt section.  This is the same
4769
             as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4770
             descriptors in front of it.  */
4771
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4772
          BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4773
          check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4774
          relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4775
            + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4776
 
4777
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4778
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4779
#endif
4780
 
4781
          addend = rel->r_addend;
4782
 
4783
          if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4784
            {
4785
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4786
                                        input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4787
                                        rel->r_offset);
4788
              break;
4789
            }
4790
          else
4791
            goto final_link_relocate;
4792
 
4793
        case R_SH_GOTPC:
4794
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4795
        case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4796
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4797
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4798
        case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4799
#endif
4800
          /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
4801
 
4802
          BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4803
          relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4804
 
4805
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4806
          relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4807
#endif
4808
 
4809
          addend = rel->r_addend;
4810
 
4811
          goto final_link_relocate;
4812
 
4813
        case R_SH_PLT32:
4814
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4815
        case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4816
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4817
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4818
        case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4819
#endif
4820
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4821
             procedure linkage table.  */
4822
 
4823
          /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4824
             without using the procedure linkage table.  */
4825
          if (h == NULL)
4826
            goto final_link_relocate;
4827
 
4828
          /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4829
             as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4830
             anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4831
             behavior.  */
4832
          if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4833
            check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4834
 
4835
          if (h->forced_local)
4836
            goto final_link_relocate;
4837
 
4838
          if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4839
            {
4840
              /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
4841
                 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4842
                 using -Bsymbolic.  */
4843
              goto final_link_relocate;
4844
            }
4845
 
4846
          BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4847
          check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4848
          relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4849
                        + splt->output_offset
4850
                        + h->plt.offset);
4851
 
4852
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4853
          relocation++;
4854
#endif
4855
 
4856
          addend = rel->r_addend;
4857
 
4858
          goto final_link_relocate;
4859
 
4860
        /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4861
           symbol, possibly via the GOT.  Initialize the GOT
4862
           entry and function descriptor if necessary.  */
4863
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4864
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4865
        case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4866
          {
4867
            int dynindx = -1;
4868
            asection *reloc_section;
4869
            bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4870
            int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4871
 
4872
            BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4873
 
4874
            check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4875
 
4876
            /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4877
               executable, with --export-dynamic.  Do they need ld.so
4878
               to allocate official descriptors?  See what this code
4879
               does.  */
4880
 
4881
            relocation = 0;
4882
            addend = 0;
4883
 
4884
            if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4885
              {
4886
                reloc_section = input_section;
4887
                reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4888
              }
4889
            else
4890
              {
4891
                reloc_section = sgot;
4892
 
4893
                if (h != NULL)
4894
                  reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4895
                else
4896
                  {
4897
                    BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4898
                    reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4899
                  }
4900
                BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4901
 
4902
                if (reloc_offset & 1)
4903
                  {
4904
                    reloc_offset &= ~1;
4905
                    goto funcdesc_done_got;
4906
                  }
4907
              }
4908
 
4909
            if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4910
                && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4911
                    || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4912
              /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4913
                 resolved later; leave it at zero.  */
4914
              goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4915
            else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4916
                     && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4917
              {
4918
                /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4919
                   but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4920
                   protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4921
                   section+offset.  This is an optimization; the dynamic
4922
                   linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4923
                   to our copy of the function anyway.  */
4924
                dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4925
                                            ->output_section)->dynindx;
4926
                relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4927
                  + h->root.u.def.value;
4928
              }
4929
            else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4930
              {
4931
                /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4932
                   symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4933
                   shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4934
                   the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4935
                   descriptor.  */
4936
                BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4937
                dynindx = h->dynindx;
4938
              }
4939
            else
4940
              {
4941
                bfd_vma offset;
4942
 
4943
                /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4944
                   descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
4945
                reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4946
                dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4947
                                            ->output_section)->dynindx;
4948
 
4949
                if (h)
4950
                  {
4951
                    offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4952
                    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4953
                    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4954
                      {
4955
                        if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4956
                                                         offset, NULL, 0))
4957
                          return FALSE;
4958
                        sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4959
                      }
4960
                  }
4961
                else
4962
                  {
4963
                    union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4964
 
4965
                    local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4966
                    offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4967
                    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4968
                    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4969
                      {
4970
                        if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4971
                                                         offset, sec,
4972
                                                         sym->st_value))
4973
                          return FALSE;
4974
                        local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4975
                      }
4976
                  }
4977
 
4978
                relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4979
              }
4980
 
4981
            if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4982
              {
4983
                bfd_vma offset;
4984
 
4985
                if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4986
                                            reloc_section->output_section))
4987
                  {
4988
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
4989
                      (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4990
                       input_bfd,
4991
                       input_section,
4992
                       (long) rel->r_offset,
4993
                       symname);
4994
                    return FALSE;
4995
                  }
4996
 
4997
                offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4998
                                                  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4999
 
5000
                if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5001
                  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
5002
                                      offset
5003
                                      + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5004
                                      + reloc_section->output_offset);
5005
              }
5006
            else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
5007
                      & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5008
              {
5009
                bfd_vma offset;
5010
 
5011
                if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
5012
                                            reloc_section->output_section))
5013
                  {
5014
                    info->callbacks->warning
5015
                      (info,
5016
                       _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
5017
                       symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5018
                    return FALSE;
5019
                  }
5020
 
5021
                if (srelgot == NULL)
5022
                  {
5023
                    srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5024
                    BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5025
                  }
5026
 
5027
                offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5028
                                                  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5029
 
5030
                if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5031
                  sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
5032
                                        offset
5033
                                        + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5034
                                        + reloc_section->output_offset,
5035
                                        reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
5036
 
5037
                if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5038
                  {
5039
                    r = bfd_reloc_ok;
5040
                    break;
5041
                  }
5042
                else
5043
                  {
5044
                    relocation = 0;
5045
                    goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
5046
                  }
5047
              }
5048
 
5049
            if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
5050
              relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
5051
          funcdesc_leave_zero:
5052
            if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5053
              {
5054
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
5055
                            reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
5056
                if (h != NULL)
5057
                  h->got.offset |= 1;
5058
                else
5059
                  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5060
 
5061
              funcdesc_done_got:
5062
 
5063
                relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
5064
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
5065
                relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5066
#endif
5067
              }
5068
            if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
5069
              {
5070
                r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5071
                                          input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5072
                                          rel->r_offset);
5073
                break;
5074
              }
5075
            else
5076
              goto final_link_relocate;
5077
          }
5078
          break;
5079
 
5080
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5081
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5082
          /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
5083
             executable and --export-dynamic.  If such symbols get
5084
             ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
5085
             for them.  */
5086
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5087
 
5088
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5089
          relocation = 0;
5090
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5091
 
5092
          if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5093
                    || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5094
            {
5095
              _bfd_error_handler
5096
                (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5097
                 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5098
                 h->root.root.string);
5099
              return FALSE;
5100
            }
5101
          else
5102
            {
5103
              bfd_vma offset;
5104
 
5105
              /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5106
                 descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
5107
              if (h)
5108
                {
5109
                  offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5110
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5111
                  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5112
                    {
5113
                      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5114
                                                       offset, NULL, 0))
5115
                        return FALSE;
5116
                      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5117
                    }
5118
                }
5119
              else
5120
                {
5121
                  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5122
 
5123
                  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5124
                  offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5125
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5126
                  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5127
                    {
5128
                      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5129
                                                       offset, sec,
5130
                                                       sym->st_value))
5131
                        return FALSE;
5132
                      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5133
                    }
5134
                }
5135
 
5136
              relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5137
            }
5138
 
5139
          relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5140
                         + sgotplt->output_offset);
5141
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
5142
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5143
#endif
5144
 
5145
          if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5146
            {
5147
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5148
                                        input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5149
                                        rel->r_offset);
5150
              break;
5151
            }
5152
          else
5153
            goto final_link_relocate;
5154
 
5155
        case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5156
          {
5157
            static bfd_vma start, end;
5158
 
5159
            start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5160
                     - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5161
            r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5162
                                   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5163
            break;
5164
 
5165
        case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5166
            end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5167
                   - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5168
            r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5169
                                   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5170
            break;
5171
          }
5172
 
5173
        case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5174
        case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5175
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5176
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5177
          r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5178
          got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5179
          if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5180
            got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5181
          else if (h != NULL)
5182
            {
5183
              got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5184
              if (! info->shared
5185
                  && (h->dynindx == -1
5186
                      || h->def_regular))
5187
                r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5188
            }
5189
 
5190
          if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5191
            r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5192
 
5193
          if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5194
            {
5195
              bfd_vma offset;
5196
              unsigned short insn;
5197
 
5198
              if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5199
                {
5200
                  /* GD->LE transition:
5201
                       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5202
                       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5203
                       1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5204
                     We change it into:
5205
                       mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5206
                       nop; nop; ...
5207
                       1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:.  */
5208
 
5209
                  offset = rel->r_offset;
5210
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5211
                  /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5212
                  offset -= 16;
5213
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5214
                  if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5215
                    {
5216
                      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5217
                      offset -= 2;
5218
                      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5219
                    }
5220
 
5221
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5222
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5223
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5224
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5225
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5226
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5227
                  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5228
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5229
                  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5230
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5231
                  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5232
 
5233
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5234
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5235
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5236
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5237
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5238
                }
5239
              else
5240
                {
5241
                  int target;
5242
 
5243
                  /* IE->LE transition:
5244
                     mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5245
                     bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5246
                     We change it into:
5247
                     mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5248
                     1: x@TPOFF; 2:.  */
5249
 
5250
                  offset = rel->r_offset;
5251
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5252
                  /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12.  */
5253
                  offset -= 10;
5254
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5255
                  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5256
                    {
5257
                      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5258
                      offset -= 2;
5259
                      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5260
                    }
5261
 
5262
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5263
                  target = insn & 0x00ff;
5264
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5265
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5266
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5267
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5268
                  insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5269
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5270
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5271
                }
5272
 
5273
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5274
                          contents + rel->r_offset);
5275
              continue;
5276
            }
5277
 
5278
          if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5279
            abort ();
5280
 
5281
          if (h != NULL)
5282
            off = h->got.offset;
5283
          else
5284
            {
5285
              if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5286
                abort ();
5287
 
5288
              off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5289
            }
5290
 
5291
          /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking.  */
5292
          if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5293
              && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5294
            {
5295
              off &= ~1;
5296
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5297
                          sgot->contents + off);
5298
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5299
                          contents + rel->r_offset);
5300
              continue;
5301
            }
5302
 
5303
          if ((off & 1) != 0)
5304
            off &= ~1;
5305
          else
5306
            {
5307
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5308
              bfd_byte *loc;
5309
              int dr_type, indx;
5310
 
5311
              if (srelgot == NULL)
5312
                {
5313
                  srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5314
                  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5315
                }
5316
 
5317
              outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5318
                                 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5319
 
5320
              if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5321
                indx = 0;
5322
              else
5323
                indx = h->dynindx;
5324
 
5325
              dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5326
                         R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5327
              if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5328
                outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5329
              else
5330
                outrel.r_addend = 0;
5331
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5332
              loc = srelgot->contents;
5333
              loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5334
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5335
 
5336
              if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5337
                {
5338
                  if (indx == 0)
5339
                    {
5340
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5341
                                  relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5342
                                  sgot->contents + off + 4);
5343
                    }
5344
                  else
5345
                    {
5346
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5347
                                                    R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5348
                      outrel.r_offset += 4;
5349
                      outrel.r_addend = 0;
5350
                      srelgot->reloc_count++;
5351
                      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5352
                      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5353
                    }
5354
                }
5355
 
5356
              if (h != NULL)
5357
                h->got.offset |= 1;
5358
              else
5359
                local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5360
            }
5361
 
5362
          if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5363
            abort ();
5364
 
5365
          if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5366
            relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5367
          else
5368
            {
5369
              bfd_vma offset;
5370
              unsigned short insn;
5371
 
5372
              /* GD->IE transition:
5373
                   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5374
                   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5375
                   1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5376
                 We change it into:
5377
                   mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5378
                   nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5379
                   1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:.  */
5380
 
5381
              offset = rel->r_offset;
5382
              BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5383
              /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5384
              offset -= 16;
5385
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5386
              if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5387
                {
5388
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5389
                  offset -= 2;
5390
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5391
                }
5392
 
5393
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5394
 
5395
              /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0.  */
5396
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5397
 
5398
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5399
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5400
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5401
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5402
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5403
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5404
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5405
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5406
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5407
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5408
 
5409
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5410
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5411
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5412
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5413
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5414
 
5415
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5416
                          contents + rel->r_offset);
5417
 
5418
              continue;
5419
          }
5420
 
5421
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5422
 
5423
          goto final_link_relocate;
5424
 
5425
        case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5426
          BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5427
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5428
          if (! info->shared)
5429
            {
5430
              bfd_vma offset;
5431
              unsigned short insn;
5432
 
5433
              /* LD->LE transition:
5434
                   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5435
                   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5436
                   1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5437
                 We change it into:
5438
                   stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5439
                   nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:.  */
5440
 
5441
              offset = rel->r_offset;
5442
              BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5443
              /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5444
              offset -= 16;
5445
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5446
              if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5447
                {
5448
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5449
                  offset -= 2;
5450
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5451
                }
5452
 
5453
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5454
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5455
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5456
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5457
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5458
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5459
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5460
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5461
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5462
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5463
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5464
 
5465
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5466
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5467
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5468
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5469
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5470
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5471
 
5472
              continue;
5473
            }
5474
 
5475
          if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5476
            abort ();
5477
 
5478
          off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5479
          if (off & 1)
5480
            off &= ~1;
5481
          else
5482
            {
5483
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5484
              bfd_byte *loc;
5485
 
5486
              srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5487
              if (srelgot == NULL)
5488
                abort ();
5489
 
5490
              outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5491
                                 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5492
              outrel.r_addend = 0;
5493
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5494
              loc = srelgot->contents;
5495
              loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5496
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5497
              htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5498
            }
5499
 
5500
          relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5501
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5502
 
5503
          goto final_link_relocate;
5504
 
5505
        case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5506
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5507
          if (! info->shared)
5508
            relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5509
          else
5510
            relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5511
 
5512
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5513
          goto final_link_relocate;
5514
 
5515
        case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5516
          {
5517
            int indx;
5518
            Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5519
            bfd_byte *loc;
5520
 
5521
            check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5522
 
5523 161 khays
            if (! info->shared || info->pie)
5524 14 khays
              {
5525
                relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5526
                addend = rel->r_addend;
5527
                goto final_link_relocate;
5528
              }
5529
 
5530
            if (sreloc == NULL)
5531
              {
5532
                sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5533
                  (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5534
                if (sreloc == NULL)
5535
                  return FALSE;
5536
              }
5537
 
5538
            if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5539
              indx = 0;
5540
            else
5541
              indx = h->dynindx;
5542
 
5543
            outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5544
                               + input_section->output_offset
5545
                               + rel->r_offset);
5546
            outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5547
            if (indx == 0)
5548
              outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5549
            else
5550
              outrel.r_addend = 0;
5551
 
5552
            loc = sreloc->contents;
5553
            loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5554
            bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5555
            continue;
5556
          }
5557
        }
5558
 
5559
    relocation_done:
5560
      if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5561
          && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5562
        {
5563
          /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols.  */
5564
          if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5565
            {
5566
              if (info->shared)
5567
                {
5568
                  info->callbacks->einfo
5569
                    (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5570
                     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5571
                  return FALSE;
5572
                }
5573
              else
5574
                info->callbacks->einfo
5575
                  (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5576
                   input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5577
            }
5578
 
5579
          elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5580
        }
5581
 
5582
      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5583
        {
5584
          switch (r)
5585
            {
5586
            default:
5587
            case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5588
              abort ();
5589
            case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5590
              {
5591
                const char *name;
5592
 
5593
                if (h != NULL)
5594
                  name = NULL;
5595
                else
5596
                  {
5597
                    name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5598
                            (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5599
                    if (name == NULL)
5600
                      return FALSE;
5601
                    if (*name == '\0')
5602
                      name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5603
                  }
5604
                if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5605
                       (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5606
                        (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5607
                        rel->r_offset)))
5608
                  return FALSE;
5609
              }
5610
              break;
5611
            }
5612
        }
5613
    }
5614
 
5615
  return TRUE;
5616
}
5617
 
5618
/* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5619
   which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */
5620
 
5621
static bfd_byte *
5622
sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5623
                                       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5624
                                       struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5625
                                       bfd_byte *data,
5626
                                       bfd_boolean relocatable,
5627
                                       asymbol **symbols)
5628
{
5629
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5630
  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5631
  bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5632
  asection **sections = NULL;
5633
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5634
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5635
 
5636
  /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5637
     particular set of section contents, specially.  */
5638
  if (relocatable
5639
      || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5640
    return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5641
                                                       link_order, data,
5642
                                                       relocatable,
5643
                                                       symbols);
5644
 
5645
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5646
 
5647
  memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5648
          (size_t) input_section->size);
5649
 
5650
  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5651
      && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5652
    {
5653
      asection **secpp;
5654
      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5655
      bfd_size_type amt;
5656
 
5657
      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5658
                         (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5659
                          (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5660
      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5661
        goto error_return;
5662
 
5663
      if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5664
        {
5665
          isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5666
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
5667
            isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5668
                                            symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5669
                                            NULL, NULL, NULL);
5670
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
5671
            goto error_return;
5672
        }
5673
 
5674
      amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5675
      amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5676
      sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5677
      if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5678
        goto error_return;
5679
 
5680
      isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5681
      for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5682
        {
5683
          asection *isec;
5684
 
5685
          if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5686
            isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5687
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5688
            isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5689
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5690
            isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5691
          else
5692
            isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5693
 
5694
          *secpp = isec;
5695
        }
5696
 
5697
      if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5698
                                     input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5699
                                     isymbuf, sections))
5700
        goto error_return;
5701
 
5702
      if (sections != NULL)
5703
        free (sections);
5704
      if (isymbuf != NULL
5705
          && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5706
        free (isymbuf);
5707
      if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5708
        free (internal_relocs);
5709
    }
5710
 
5711
  return data;
5712
 
5713
 error_return:
5714
  if (sections != NULL)
5715
    free (sections);
5716
  if (isymbuf != NULL
5717
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5718
    free (isymbuf);
5719
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
5720
      && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5721
    free (internal_relocs);
5722
  return NULL;
5723
}
5724
 
5725
/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5726
   when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5727
   This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
5728
 
5729
static bfd_vma
5730
dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5731
{
5732
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5733
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5734
    return 0;
5735
  return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5736
}
5737
 
5738
/* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32..  */
5739
 
5740
static bfd_vma
5741
tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5742
{
5743
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5744
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5745
    return 0;
5746
  /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5747
     structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */
5748
  return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5749
          + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5750
                         elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5751
}
5752
 
5753
static asection *
5754
sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5755
                     struct bfd_link_info *info,
5756
                     Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5757
                     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5758
                     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5759
{
5760
  if (h != NULL)
5761
    switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5762
      {
5763
      case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5764
      case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5765
        return NULL;
5766
      }
5767
 
5768
  return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5769
}
5770
 
5771
/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
5772
 
5773
static bfd_boolean
5774
sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5775
                      asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5776
{
5777
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5778
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5779
  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5780
  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5781
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5782
 
5783
  if (info->relocatable)
5784
    return TRUE;
5785
 
5786
  elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5787
 
5788
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5789
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5790
  local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5791
  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5792
 
5793
  relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5794
  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5795
    {
5796
      unsigned long r_symndx;
5797
      unsigned int r_type;
5798
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5799
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5800
      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5801
#endif
5802
 
5803
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5804
      if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5805
        {
5806
          struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5807
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5808
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5809
 
5810
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5811
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5812
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5813
            {
5814
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5815
              seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5816
#endif
5817
              h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5818
            }
5819
          eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5820
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5821
            if (p->sec == sec)
5822
              {
5823
                /* Everything must go for SEC.  */
5824
                *pp = p->next;
5825
                break;
5826
              }
5827
        }
5828
 
5829
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5830
      switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5831
        {
5832
        case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5833
          if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5834
            sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5835
          break;
5836
 
5837
        case R_SH_GOT32:
5838
        case R_SH_GOT20:
5839
        case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5840
        case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5841
        case R_SH_GOTPC:
5842
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5843
        case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5844
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5845
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5846
        case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5847
        case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5848
        case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5849
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5850
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5851
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5852
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5853
        case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5854
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5855
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5856
        case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5857
#endif
5858
        case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5859
        case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5860
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5861
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5862
          if (h != NULL)
5863
            {
5864
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5865
              if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5866
                {
5867
                  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5868
                  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5869
                  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5870
                    eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5871
                }
5872
              else
5873
#endif
5874
                if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5875
                  h->got.refcount -= 1;
5876
            }
5877
          else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5878
            {
5879
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5880
              if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5881
                {
5882
                  if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5883
                    local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5884
                }
5885
              else
5886
#endif
5887
                if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5888
                  local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5889
            }
5890
          break;
5891
 
5892
        case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5893
          if (h != NULL)
5894
            sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5895
          else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
5896
            sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5897
 
5898
          /* Fall through.  */
5899
 
5900
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5901
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5902
          if (h != NULL)
5903
            sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5904
          else
5905
            local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5906
          break;
5907
 
5908
        case R_SH_DIR32:
5909
          if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared
5910
              && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5911
            sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5912
          /* Fall thru */
5913
 
5914
        case R_SH_REL32:
5915
          if (info->shared)
5916
            break;
5917
          /* Fall thru */
5918
 
5919
        case R_SH_PLT32:
5920
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5921
        case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5922
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5923
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5924
        case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5925
#endif
5926
          if (h != NULL)
5927
            {
5928
              if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5929
                h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5930
            }
5931
          break;
5932
 
5933
        case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5934
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5935
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5936
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5937
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5938
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5939
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5940
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5941
#endif
5942
          if (h != NULL)
5943
            {
5944
              struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5945
              eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5946
              if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5947
                {
5948
                  eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5949
                  if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5950
                    h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5951
                }
5952
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5953
              else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5954
                {
5955
                  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5956
                    eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5957
                }
5958
#endif
5959
              else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5960
                h->got.refcount -= 1;
5961
            }
5962
          else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5963
            {
5964
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5965
              if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5966
                {
5967
                  if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5968
                    local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5969
                }
5970
              else
5971
#endif
5972
                if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5973
                  local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5974
            }
5975
          break;
5976
 
5977
        default:
5978
          break;
5979
        }
5980
    }
5981
 
5982
  return TRUE;
5983
}
5984
 
5985
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
5986
 
5987
static void
5988
sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5989
                             struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5990
                             struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5991
{
5992
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5993
 
5994
  edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5995
  eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5996
 
5997
  if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5998
    {
5999
      if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
6000
        {
6001
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
6002
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6003
 
6004
          /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
6005
             list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
6006
          for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
6007
            {
6008
              struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
6009
 
6010
              for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
6011
                if (q->sec == p->sec)
6012
                  {
6013
                    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
6014
                    q->count += p->count;
6015
                    *pp = p->next;
6016
                    break;
6017
                  }
6018
              if (q == NULL)
6019
                pp = &p->next;
6020
            }
6021
          *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
6022
        }
6023
 
6024
      edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
6025
      eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6026
    }
6027
  edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
6028
  eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
6029
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6030
  edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
6031
  eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
6032
#endif
6033
  edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
6034
  eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
6035
  edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
6036
  eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
6037
 
6038
  if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6039
      && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
6040
    {
6041
      edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
6042
      eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
6043
    }
6044
 
6045
  if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
6046
      && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
6047
    {
6048
      /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
6049
         of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
6050
         We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
6051
      dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
6052
      dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
6053
      dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
6054
      dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
6055
    }
6056
  else
6057
    _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
6058
}
6059
 
6060
static int
6061
sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
6062
                            int is_local)
6063
{
6064
  if (info->shared)
6065
    return r_type;
6066
 
6067
  switch (r_type)
6068
    {
6069
    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6070
    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6071
      if (is_local)
6072
        return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6073
      return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
6074
    case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6075
      return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6076
    }
6077
 
6078
  return r_type;
6079
}
6080
 
6081
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
6082
   Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
6083
   virtual table relocs for gc.  */
6084
 
6085
static bfd_boolean
6086
sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
6087
                     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
6088
{
6089
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6090
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6091
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6092
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6093
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6094
  asection *sreloc;
6095
  unsigned int r_type;
6096
  int got_type, old_got_type;
6097
 
6098
  sreloc = NULL;
6099
 
6100
  if (info->relocatable)
6101
    return TRUE;
6102
 
6103
  BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
6104
 
6105
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6106
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6107
 
6108
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6109
  if (htab == NULL)
6110
    return FALSE;
6111
 
6112
  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6113
  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6114
    {
6115
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6116
      unsigned long r_symndx;
6117
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6118
      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6119
#endif
6120
 
6121
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6122
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6123
 
6124
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6125
        h = NULL;
6126
      else
6127
        {
6128
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6129
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6130
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6131
            {
6132
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6133
              seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6134
#endif
6135
              h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6136
            }
6137
        }
6138
 
6139
      r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6140
      if (! info->shared
6141
          && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6142
          && h != NULL
6143
          && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6144
          && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6145
          && (h->dynindx == -1
6146
              || h->def_regular))
6147
        r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6148
 
6149
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6150
        switch (r_type)
6151
          {
6152
          case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6153
          case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6154
          case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6155
          case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6156
          case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6157
            if (h != NULL)
6158
              {
6159
                if (h->dynindx == -1)
6160
                  switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6161
                    {
6162
                    case STV_INTERNAL:
6163
                    case STV_HIDDEN:
6164
                      break;
6165
                    default:
6166
                      bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6167
                      break;
6168
                    }
6169
              }
6170
            break;
6171
          }
6172
 
6173
      /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
6174
      if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6175
        {
6176
          switch (r_type)
6177
            {
6178
            case R_SH_DIR32:
6179
              /* This may require an rofixup.  */
6180
              if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6181
                break;
6182
            case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6183
            case R_SH_GOT32:
6184
            case R_SH_GOT20:
6185
            case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6186
            case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6187
            case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6188
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6189
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6190
            case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6191
            case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6192
            case R_SH_GOTPC:
6193
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6194
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6195
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6196
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6197
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6198
            case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6199
            case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6200
            case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6201
            case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6202
            case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6203
            case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6204
            case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6205
            case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6206
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6207
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6208
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6209
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6210
            case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6211
            case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6212
            case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6213
            case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6214
#endif
6215
            case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6216
            case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6217
            case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6218
              if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6219
                htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6220
              if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6221
                return FALSE;
6222
              break;
6223
 
6224
            default:
6225
              break;
6226
            }
6227
        }
6228
 
6229
      switch (r_type)
6230
        {
6231
          /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6232
             Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
6233
        case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6234
          if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6235
            return FALSE;
6236
          break;
6237
 
6238
          /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6239
             used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
6240
        case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6241
          BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6242
          if (h != NULL
6243
              && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6244
            return FALSE;
6245
          break;
6246
 
6247
        case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6248
          if (info->shared)
6249
            info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6250
 
6251
          /* FALLTHROUGH */
6252
        force_got:
6253
        case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6254
        case R_SH_GOT32:
6255
        case R_SH_GOT20:
6256
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6257
        case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6258
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6259
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6260
        case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6261
        case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6262
        case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6263
#endif
6264
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6265
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6266
          switch (r_type)
6267
            {
6268
            default:
6269
              got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6270
              break;
6271
            case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6272
              got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6273
              break;
6274
            case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6275
              got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6276
              break;
6277
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6278
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6279
              got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6280
              break;
6281
            }
6282
 
6283
          if (h != NULL)
6284
            {
6285
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6286
              if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6287
                {
6288
                  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6289
                    = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6290
 
6291
                  eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6292
                }
6293
              else
6294
#endif
6295
                h->got.refcount += 1;
6296
              old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6297
            }
6298
          else
6299
            {
6300
              bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6301
 
6302
              /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6303
                 symbol.  */
6304
              local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6305
              if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6306
                {
6307
                  bfd_size_type size;
6308
 
6309
                  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6310
                  size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6311
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6312
                  /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6313
                     codelabel local GOT offsets.  */
6314
                  size *= 2;
6315
#endif
6316
                  size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6317
                  local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6318
                                         bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6319
                  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6320
                    return FALSE;
6321
                  elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6322
#ifdef  INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6323
                  /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6324
                     GOT offsets.  */
6325
                  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6326
                    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6327
#else
6328
                  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6329
                    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6330
#endif
6331
                }
6332
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6333
              if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6334
                local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6335
              else
6336
#endif
6337
                local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6338
              old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6339
            }
6340
 
6341
          /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6342
             there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
6343
          if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6344
              && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6345
            {
6346
              if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6347
                got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6348
              else
6349
                {
6350
                  if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6351
                      && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6352
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6353
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6354
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6355
                  else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6356
                           || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6357
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6358
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6359
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6360
                  else
6361
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6362
                    (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6363
                     abfd, h->root.root.string);
6364
                  return FALSE;
6365
                }
6366
            }
6367
 
6368
          if (old_got_type != got_type)
6369
            {
6370
              if (h != NULL)
6371
                sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6372
              else
6373
                sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6374
            }
6375
 
6376
          break;
6377
 
6378
        case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6379
          sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6380
          break;
6381
 
6382
        case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6383
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6384
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6385
          if (rel->r_addend)
6386
            {
6387
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
6388
                (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6389
                 abfd);
6390
              return FALSE;
6391
            }
6392
 
6393
          if (h == NULL)
6394
            {
6395
              union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6396
 
6397
              /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol.  */
6398
              local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6399
              if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6400
                {
6401
                  bfd_size_type size;
6402
 
6403
                  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6404
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6405
                  /* Count datalabel local GOT.  */
6406
                  size *= 2;
6407
#endif
6408
                  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6409
                  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6410
                    return FALSE;
6411
                  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6412
                }
6413
              local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6414
 
6415
              if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6416
                {
6417
                  if (!info->shared)
6418
                    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6419
                  else
6420
                    htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6421
                }
6422
            }
6423
          else
6424
            {
6425
              sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6426
              if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6427
                sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6428
 
6429
              /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6430
                 there should not be any non-FDPIC references.  */
6431
              old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6432
              if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6433
                {
6434
                  if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6435
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6436
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6437
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6438
                  else
6439
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6440
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6441
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6442
                }
6443
            }
6444
          break;
6445
 
6446
        case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6447
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6448
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6449
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6450
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6451
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6452
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6453
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6454
#endif
6455
          /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6456
             creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
6457
 
6458
          if (h == NULL
6459
              || h->forced_local
6460
              || ! info->shared
6461
              || info->symbolic
6462
              || h->dynindx == -1)
6463
            goto force_got;
6464
 
6465
          h->needs_plt = 1;
6466
          h->plt.refcount += 1;
6467
          ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6468
 
6469
          break;
6470
 
6471
        case R_SH_PLT32:
6472
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6473
        case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6474
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6475
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6476
        case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6477
#endif
6478
          /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
6479
             actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6480
             because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6481
             never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6482
             don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6483
             after all.  */
6484
 
6485
          /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6486
             creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
6487
          if (h == NULL)
6488
            continue;
6489
 
6490
          if (h->forced_local)
6491
            break;
6492
 
6493
          h->needs_plt = 1;
6494
          h->plt.refcount += 1;
6495
          break;
6496
 
6497
        case R_SH_DIR32:
6498
        case R_SH_REL32:
6499
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6500
        case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6501
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6502
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6503
        case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6504
#endif
6505
          if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
6506
            {
6507
              h->non_got_ref = 1;
6508
              h->plt.refcount += 1;
6509
            }
6510
 
6511
          /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6512
             against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6513
             against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6514
             into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
6515
             -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6516
             global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6517
             including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
6518
             this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6519
             possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6520
             later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
6521
             possibility below by storing information in the
6522
             dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6523
             situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6524
             visibility changes render the symbol local.
6525
 
6526
             If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6527
             may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6528
             dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6529
             symbol.  */
6530
          if ((info->shared
6531
               && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6532
               && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6533
                   || (h != NULL
6534
                       && (! info->symbolic
6535
                           || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6536
                           || !h->def_regular))))
6537
              || (! info->shared
6538
                  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6539
                  && h != NULL
6540
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6541
                      || !h->def_regular)))
6542
            {
6543
              struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6544
              struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6545
 
6546
              if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6547
                htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6548
 
6549
              /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6550
                 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
6551
                 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
6552
              if (sreloc == NULL)
6553
                {
6554
                  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6555
                    (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6556
 
6557
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
6558
                    return FALSE;
6559
                }
6560
 
6561
              /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6562
                 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
6563
              if (h != NULL)
6564
                head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6565
              else
6566
                {
6567
                  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.  */
6568
                  asection *s;
6569
                  void *vpp;
6570
                  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6571
 
6572
                  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6573
                                                abfd, r_symndx);
6574
                  if (isym == NULL)
6575
                    return FALSE;
6576
 
6577
                  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6578
                  if (s == NULL)
6579
                    s = sec;
6580
 
6581
                  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6582
                  head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6583
                }
6584
 
6585
              p = *head;
6586
              if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6587
                {
6588
                  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6589
                  p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6590
                  if (p == NULL)
6591
                    return FALSE;
6592
                  p->next = *head;
6593
                  *head = p;
6594
                  p->sec = sec;
6595
                  p->count = 0;
6596
                  p->pc_count = 0;
6597
                }
6598
 
6599
              p->count += 1;
6600
              if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6601
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6602
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6603
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6604
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6605
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6606
#endif
6607
                  )
6608
                p->pc_count += 1;
6609
            }
6610
 
6611
          /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6612
             If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6613
             fixup.  */
6614
          if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
6615
              && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6616
              && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6617
            htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6618
          break;
6619
 
6620
        case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6621 161 khays
          if (info->shared && !info->pie)
6622 14 khays
            {
6623
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
6624
                (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6625
                 abfd);
6626
              return FALSE;
6627
            }
6628
 
6629
          break;
6630
 
6631
        case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6632
          /* Nothing to do.  */
6633
          break;
6634
 
6635
        default:
6636
          break;
6637
        }
6638
    }
6639
 
6640
  return TRUE;
6641
}
6642
 
6643
#ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6644
static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6645
 
6646
static bfd_boolean
6647
sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6648
{
6649
  flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6650
 
6651
  if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6652
    return FALSE;
6653
 
6654
  if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6655
    return FALSE;
6656
 
6657
  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6658
 
6659
  return TRUE;
6660
}
6661
 
6662
 
6663
/* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6664
   Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6665
   return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6666
   Return -1 if no match is found.  */
6667
 
6668
int
6669
sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6670
{
6671
  int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6672
 
6673
  for (; i>0; i--)
6674
    if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6675
      return i;
6676
 
6677
  /* shouldn't get here */
6678
  BFD_FAIL();
6679
 
6680
  return -1;
6681
}
6682
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6683
 
6684
#ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags
6685
/* Function to keep SH specific file flags.  */
6686
 
6687
static bfd_boolean
6688
sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
6689
{
6690
  BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd)
6691
              || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
6692
 
6693
  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
6694
  elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
6695
  return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd);
6696
}
6697
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */
6698
 
6699
#ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6700
/* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6701
 
6702
static bfd_boolean
6703
sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6704
{
6705
  /* Copy object attributes.  */
6706
  _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
6707
 
6708
  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6709
    return TRUE;
6710
 
6711
  /* Copy the stack size.  */
6712
  if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr && elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr
6713
      && fdpic_object_p (ibfd) && fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6714
    {
6715
      unsigned i;
6716
 
6717
      for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6718
        if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6719
          {
6720
            Elf_Internal_Phdr *iphdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i];
6721
 
6722
            for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6723
              if (elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6724
                {
6725
                  memcpy (&elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i], iphdr, sizeof (*iphdr));
6726
 
6727
                  /* Rewrite the phdrs, since we're only called after they
6728
                     were first written.  */
6729
                  if (bfd_seek (obfd,
6730
                                (bfd_signed_vma) get_elf_backend_data (obfd)
6731
                                ->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6732
                      || get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->s
6733
                      ->write_out_phdrs (obfd, elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr,
6734
                                         elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum) != 0)
6735
                    return FALSE;
6736
                  break;
6737
                }
6738
 
6739
            break;
6740
          }
6741
    }
6742
 
6743
  return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags);
6744
}
6745
#endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6746
 
6747
#ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6748
 
6749
/* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6750
   corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags.  */
6751
 
6752
int
6753
sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6754
{
6755
  extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6756
  unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6757
 
6758
  return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6759
}
6760
 
6761
/* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6762
   calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility.  */
6763
 
6764
static bfd_boolean
6765
sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6766
{
6767
  extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6768
 
6769
  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6770
    return TRUE;
6771
 
6772
  if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6773
    {
6774
      /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
6775
      elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6776
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6777
      sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6778
      if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6779
        elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
6780
    }
6781
 
6782
  if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6783
    {
6784
      _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6785
                          "with instructions used in previous modules",
6786
                          ibfd);
6787
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6788
      return FALSE;
6789
    }
6790
 
6791
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6792
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6793
    sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6794
 
6795
  if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6796
    {
6797
      _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6798
                          ibfd);
6799
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6800
      return FALSE;
6801
    }
6802
 
6803
  return TRUE;
6804
}
6805
#endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6806
 
6807
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6808
   as the specific tdata.  We set also the machine architecture from flags
6809
   here.  */
6810
 
6811
static bfd_boolean
6812
sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6813
{
6814
  if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6815
    return FALSE;
6816
 
6817
  return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6818
          == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6819
}
6820
 
6821
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
6822
   dynamic sections here.  */
6823
 
6824
static bfd_boolean
6825
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6826
                              struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6827
                              Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6828
{
6829
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6830
 
6831
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6832
  if (htab == NULL)
6833
    return FALSE;
6834
 
6835
  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6836
    {
6837
      asection *splt;
6838
      asection *sgotplt;
6839
      asection *srelplt;
6840
 
6841
      bfd_vma plt_index;
6842
      bfd_vma got_offset;
6843
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6844
      bfd_byte *loc;
6845
      const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6846
 
6847
      /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
6848
         it up.  */
6849
 
6850
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6851
 
6852
      splt = htab->splt;
6853
      sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6854
      srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6855
      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6856
 
6857
      /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6858
         corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
6859
         in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
6860
         first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
6861
      plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6862
 
6863
      plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6864
      if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6865
        plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6866
 
6867
      /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6868
         corresponds to this function.  */
6869
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6870
        /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6871
           before the end of .got.plt.  Each descriptor is eight
6872
           bytes.  */
6873
        got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6874
      else
6875
        /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes.  The first three are
6876
           reserved.  */
6877
        got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6878
 
6879
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6880
      if (info->shared)
6881
        got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6882
#endif
6883
 
6884
      /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
6885
      memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6886
              plt_info->symbol_entry,
6887
              plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6888
 
6889
      if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p)
6890
        {
6891
          if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6892
            {
6893
              bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6894
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6895
                                        splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6896
                                        h->plt.offset
6897
                                        + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6898
              BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6899
            }
6900
          else
6901
            install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6902
                               (splt->contents
6903
                                + h->plt.offset
6904
                                + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6905
        }
6906
      else
6907
        {
6908
          BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6909
 
6910
          install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6911
                             (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6912
                              + sgotplt->output_offset
6913
                              + got_offset),
6914
                             (splt->contents
6915
                              + h->plt.offset
6916
                              + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6917
          if (htab->vxworks_p)
6918
            {
6919
              unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6920
              int distance;
6921
 
6922
              /* Divide the PLT into groups.  The first group contains
6923
                 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6924
                 PLTS_PER_4K entries.  Entries in the first group can
6925
                 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6926
                 to the last element of the previous group.  */
6927
              /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6928
                 the common resolver stub.  */
6929
              reachable_plts = ((4096
6930
                                 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6931
                                 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6932
                                / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6933
              plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6934
              if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6935
                distance = -(h->plt.offset
6936
                             + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6937
              else
6938
                distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6939
                             * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6940
 
6941
              /* Install the 'bra' with this offset.  */
6942
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6943
                          0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6944
                          (splt->contents
6945
                           + h->plt.offset
6946
                           + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6947
            }
6948
          else
6949
            install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6950
                               splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6951
                               (splt->contents
6952
                                + h->plt.offset
6953
                                + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6954
        }
6955
 
6956
      /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt.  */
6957
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6958
      if (info->shared)
6959
        got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6960
#endif
6961
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6962
        got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6963
 
6964
      if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6965
        install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6966
                           plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6967
                           (splt->contents
6968
                            + h->plt.offset
6969
                            + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6970
 
6971
      /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
6972
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6973
                  (splt->output_section->vma
6974
                   + splt->output_offset
6975
                   + h->plt.offset
6976
                   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6977
                  sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6978
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6979
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6980
                    sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6981
                                            htab->splt->output_section),
6982
                    sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6983
 
6984
      /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
6985
      rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6986
                      + sgotplt->output_offset
6987
                      + got_offset);
6988
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6989
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6990
      else
6991
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6992
      rel.r_addend = 0;
6993
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6994
      rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6995
#endif
6996
      loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6997
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6998
 
6999
      if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
7000
        {
7001
          /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
7002
             Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation.  */
7003
          loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
7004
                 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7005
 
7006
          /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
7007
             for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry.  */
7008
          rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
7009
                          + htab->splt->output_offset
7010
                          + h->plt.offset
7011
                          + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
7012
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7013
          rel.r_addend = got_offset;
7014
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7015
          loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7016
 
7017
          /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
7018
             the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt.  */
7019
          rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7020
                          + sgotplt->output_offset
7021
                          + got_offset);
7022
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7023
          rel.r_addend = 0;
7024
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7025
        }
7026
 
7027
      if (!h->def_regular)
7028
        {
7029
          /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
7030
             the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
7031
          sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7032
        }
7033
    }
7034
 
7035
  if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7036
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
7037
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
7038
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
7039
    {
7040
      asection *sgot;
7041
      asection *srelgot;
7042
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7043
      bfd_byte *loc;
7044
 
7045
      /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
7046
         up.  */
7047
 
7048
      sgot = htab->sgot;
7049
      srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7050
      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7051
 
7052
      rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7053
                      + sgot->output_offset
7054
                      + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7055
 
7056
      /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7057
         symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7058
         of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7059
         The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7060
         initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
7061
      if (info->shared
7062
          && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7063
        {
7064
          if (htab->fdpic_p)
7065
            {
7066
              asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7067
              int dynindx
7068
                = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7069
 
7070
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7071
              rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7072
                              + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7073
            }
7074
          else
7075
            {
7076
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7077
              rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7078
                              + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7079
                              + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7080
            }
7081
        }
7082
      else
7083
        {
7084
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
7085
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7086
          rel.r_addend = 0;
7087
        }
7088
 
7089
      loc = srelgot->contents;
7090
      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7091
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7092
    }
7093
 
7094
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7095
  {
7096
    struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
7097
 
7098
    eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
7099
    if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7100
      {
7101
        asection *sgot;
7102
        asection *srelgot;
7103
        Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7104
        bfd_byte *loc;
7105
 
7106
        /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
7107
           Set it up.  */
7108
 
7109
        sgot = htab->sgot;
7110
        srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7111
        BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7112
 
7113
        rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7114
                        + sgot->output_offset
7115
                        + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7116
 
7117
        /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7118
           symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7119
           of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7120
           The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7121
           initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
7122
        if (info->shared
7123
            && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7124
          {
7125
            if (htab->fdpic_p)
7126
              {
7127
                asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7128
                int dynindx
7129
                  = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7130
 
7131
                rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7132
                rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7133
                                + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7134
              }
7135
            else
7136
              {
7137
                rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7138
                rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7139
                                + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7140
                                + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7141
              }
7142
          }
7143
        else
7144
          {
7145
            bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7146
                        + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7147
            rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7148
            rel.r_addend = 0;
7149
          }
7150
 
7151
        loc = srelgot->contents;
7152
        loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7153
        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7154
      }
7155
  }
7156
#endif
7157
 
7158
  if (h->needs_copy)
7159
    {
7160
      asection *s;
7161
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7162
      bfd_byte *loc;
7163
 
7164
      /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
7165
 
7166
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7167
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7168
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7169
 
7170
      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
7171
                                   ".rela.bss");
7172
      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7173
 
7174
      rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7175
                      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7176
                      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7177
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7178
      rel.r_addend = 0;
7179
      loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7180
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7181
    }
7182
 
7183
  /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  On VxWorks,
7184
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7185
     ".got" section.  */
7186
  if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7187
      || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7188
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7189
 
7190
  return TRUE;
7191
}
7192
 
7193
/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
7194
 
7195
static bfd_boolean
7196
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7197
{
7198
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7199
  asection *sgotplt;
7200
  asection *sdyn;
7201
 
7202
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7203
  if (htab == NULL)
7204
    return FALSE;
7205
 
7206
  sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7207
  sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7208
 
7209
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7210
    {
7211
      asection *splt;
7212
      Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7213
 
7214
      BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7215
 
7216
      dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7217
      dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7218
      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7219
        {
7220
          Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7221
          asection *s;
7222
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7223
          const char *name;
7224
#endif
7225
 
7226
          bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7227
 
7228
          switch (dyn.d_tag)
7229
            {
7230
            default:
7231
              if (htab->vxworks_p
7232
                  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7233
                bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7234
              break;
7235
 
7236
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7237
            case DT_INIT:
7238
              name = info->init_function;
7239
              goto get_sym;
7240
 
7241
            case DT_FINI:
7242
              name = info->fini_function;
7243
            get_sym:
7244
              if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7245
                {
7246
                  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7247
 
7248
                  h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7249
                                            FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7250
                  if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7251
                    {
7252
                      dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7253
                      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7254
                    }
7255
                }
7256
              break;
7257
#endif
7258
 
7259
            case DT_PLTGOT:
7260
              BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7261
              s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7262
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7263
                + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7264
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7265
              break;
7266
 
7267
            case DT_JMPREL:
7268
              s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7269
              BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7270
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7271
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7272
              break;
7273
 
7274
            case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7275
              s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7276
              BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7277
              dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7278
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7279
              break;
7280
 
7281
            case DT_RELASZ:
7282
              /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7283
                 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7284
                 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).  This is
7285
                 what Solaris does.  However, UnixWare can not handle
7286
                 that case.  Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7287
                 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  Since
7288
                 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7289
                 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7290
                 about changing the DT_RELA entry.  */
7291
              if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7292
                {
7293
                  s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7294
                  dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7295
                }
7296
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7297
              break;
7298
            }
7299
        }
7300
 
7301
      /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
7302
      splt = htab->splt;
7303
      if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7304
        {
7305
          unsigned int i;
7306
 
7307
          memcpy (splt->contents,
7308
                  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7309
                  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7310
          for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7311
            if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7312
              install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7313
                                 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7314
                                  + sgotplt->output_offset
7315
                                  + (i * 4)),
7316
                                 (splt->contents
7317
                                  + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7318
 
7319
          if (htab->vxworks_p)
7320
            {
7321
              /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents.  */
7322
              Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7323
              bfd_byte *loc;
7324
 
7325
              /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7326
                 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
7327
              loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7328
              rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7329
                              + splt->output_offset
7330
                              + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7331
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7332
              rel.r_addend = 8;
7333
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7334
              loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7335
 
7336
              /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7337
                 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7338
                 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7339
                 output.  */
7340
              while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7341
                {
7342
                  /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot.  */
7343
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7344
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7345
                                             R_SH_DIR32);
7346
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7347
                  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7348
 
7349
                  /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt.  */
7350
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7351
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7352
                                             R_SH_DIR32);
7353
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7354
                  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7355
                }
7356
            }
7357
 
7358
          /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7359
             really seem like the right value.  */
7360
          elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7361
        }
7362
    }
7363
 
7364
  /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
7365
  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7366
    {
7367
      if (sdyn == NULL)
7368
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7369
      else
7370
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7371
                    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7372
                    sgotplt->contents);
7373
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7374
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7375
    }
7376
 
7377
  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7378
    elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7379
 
7380
  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
7381
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7382
    {
7383
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7384
      bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7385
        + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7386
        + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7387
 
7388
      sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7389
 
7390
      /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups.  */
7391
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7392
    }
7393
 
7394
  if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7395
    BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7396
                == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7397
 
7398
  if (htab->srelgot)
7399
    BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7400
                == htab->srelgot->size);
7401
 
7402
  return TRUE;
7403
}
7404
 
7405
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7406
sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7407
{
7408
  switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7409
    {
7410
    case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7411
      return reloc_class_relative;
7412
    case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7413
      return reloc_class_plt;
7414
    case R_SH_COPY:
7415
      return reloc_class_copy;
7416
    default:
7417
      return reloc_class_normal;
7418
    }
7419
}
7420
 
7421
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7422
/* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections.  */
7423
 
7424
static bfd_boolean
7425
elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7426
{
7427
  int offset;
7428
  unsigned int size;
7429
 
7430
  switch (note->descsz)
7431
    {
7432
      default:
7433
        return FALSE;
7434
 
7435
      case 168:         /* Linux/SH */
7436
        /* pr_cursig */
7437
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7438
 
7439
        /* pr_pid */
7440
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7441
 
7442
        /* pr_reg */
7443
        offset = 72;
7444
        size = 92;
7445
 
7446
        break;
7447
    }
7448
 
7449
  /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
7450
  return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7451
                                          size, note->descpos + offset);
7452
}
7453
 
7454
static bfd_boolean
7455
elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7456
{
7457
  switch (note->descsz)
7458
    {
7459
      default:
7460
        return FALSE;
7461
 
7462
      case 124:         /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7463
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7464
         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7465
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7466
         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7467
    }
7468
 
7469
  /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7470
     onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7471
     implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
7472
 
7473
  {
7474
    char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7475
    int n = strlen (command);
7476
 
7477
    if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7478
      command[n - 1] = '\0';
7479
  }
7480
 
7481
  return TRUE;
7482
}
7483
#endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7484
 
7485
 
7486
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7487
   or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
7488
 
7489
static bfd_vma
7490
sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7491
                    const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7492
{
7493
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7494
 
7495
  plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7496
  return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7497
}
7498
 
7499
/* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7500
   shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section.  */
7501
 
7502
static bfd_boolean
7503
sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7504
                              struct bfd_link_info *info,
7505
                              asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7506
{
7507
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7508
 
7509
  /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general.  */
7510
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
7511
    return FALSE;
7512
 
7513
  return TRUE;
7514
}
7515
 
7516
/* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output.  */
7517
 
7518
static bfd_byte
7519
sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7520
                          struct bfd_link_info *info,
7521
                          asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7522
                          asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7523
                          bfd_vma *encoded)
7524
{
7525
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7526
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7527
 
7528
  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7529
    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7530
                                       loc_offset, encoded);
7531
 
7532
  h = htab->root.hgot;
7533
  BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7534
 
7535
  if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7536
              == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7537
    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7538
                                       loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7539
 
7540
  BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7541
              == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7542
                  (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7543
 
7544
  *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7545
    - (h->root.u.def.value
7546
       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7547
       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7548
 
7549
  return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7550
}
7551
 
7552
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7553
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM          bfd_elf32_sh_vec
7554
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME         "elf32-sh"
7555
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM       bfd_elf32_shl_vec
7556
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME      "elf32-shl"
7557
#endif
7558
 
7559
#define ELF_ARCH                bfd_arch_sh
7560
#define ELF_TARGET_ID           SH_ELF_DATA
7561
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE        EM_SH
7562
#ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7563
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE         0x1000
7564
#else
7565
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE         0x80
7566
#endif
7567
 
7568
#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7569
 
7570
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7571
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7572
                                        sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7573
#define elf_info_to_howto               sh_elf_info_to_howto
7574
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section     sh_elf_relax_section
7575
#define elf_backend_relocate_section    sh_elf_relocate_section
7576
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7577
                                        sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7578
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject              sh_elf_mkobject
7579
#define elf_backend_object_p            sh_elf_object_p
7580
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \
7581
                                        sh_elf_set_private_flags
7582
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7583
                                        sh_elf_copy_private_data
7584
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7585
                                        sh_elf_merge_private_data
7586
 
7587
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook        sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7588
#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook       sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7589
#define elf_backend_check_relocs        sh_elf_check_relocs
7590
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7591
                                        sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7592
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7593
                                        sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7594
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7595
                                        sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7596
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7597
                                        sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7598
#define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7599
                                        sh_elf_always_size_sections
7600
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7601
                                        sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7602
#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7603
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7604
                                        sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7605
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7606
                                        sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7607
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class    sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7608
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val         sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7609
#define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7610
                                        sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7611
#define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7612
                                        sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7613
#define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7614
                                        sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7615
 
7616
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections     1
7617
#define elf_backend_can_refcount        1
7618
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt        1
7619
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly        1
7620
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        0
7621
#define elf_backend_got_header_size     12
7622
 
7623
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7624
 
7625
#include "elf32-target.h"
7626
 
7627
/* NetBSD support.  */
7628
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7629
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec
7630
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7631
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7632
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7633
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec
7634
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7635
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7636
#undef  ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7637
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE                 0x10000
7638
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7639
#undef  elf_symbol_leading_char
7640
#define elf_symbol_leading_char         0
7641
#undef  elf32_bed
7642
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7643
 
7644
#include "elf32-target.h"
7645
 
7646
 
7647
/* Linux support.  */
7648
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7649
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shblin_vec
7650
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7651
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-shbig-linux"
7652
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7653
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shlin_vec
7654
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7655
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-sh-linux"
7656
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7657
#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE              0x1000
7658
 
7659
#undef  elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7660
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus       elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7661
#undef  elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7662
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo         elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7663
#undef  elf32_bed
7664
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_lin_bed
7665
 
7666
#include "elf32-target.h"
7667
 
7668
 
7669
/* FDPIC support.  */
7670
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7671
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec
7672
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7673
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7674
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7675
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
7676
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7677
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7678
#undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7679
#define elf_backend_modify_program_headers \
7680
                                        sh_elf_modify_program_headers
7681
 
7682
#undef  elf32_bed
7683
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_fd_bed
7684
 
7685
#include "elf32-target.h"
7686
 
7687
#undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7688
 
7689
/* VxWorks support.  */
7690
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7691
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec
7692
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7693
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7694
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7695
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
7696
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7697
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7698
#undef  elf32_bed
7699
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7700
 
7701
#undef  elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7702
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        1
7703
#undef  elf_symbol_leading_char
7704
#define elf_symbol_leading_char         '_'
7705
#define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7706
#undef  elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7707
#undef  elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7708
#undef  elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7709
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook     elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7710
#undef  elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7711
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7712
                                        elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7713
#undef  elf_backend_emit_relocs
7714
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs         elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7715
#undef  elf_backend_final_write_processing
7716
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7717
                                        elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7718
#undef  ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7719
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE                 0x1000
7720
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7721
 
7722
#include "elf32-target.h"
7723
 
7724
#endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.